WO2019004209A1 - Releasable film - Google Patents

Releasable film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019004209A1
WO2019004209A1 PCT/JP2018/024187 JP2018024187W WO2019004209A1 WO 2019004209 A1 WO2019004209 A1 WO 2019004209A1 JP 2018024187 W JP2018024187 W JP 2018024187W WO 2019004209 A1 WO2019004209 A1 WO 2019004209A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resin
mass
acrylic resin
modified acrylic
surface layer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2018/024187
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
拓明 上田
Original Assignee
王子ホールディングス株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2018105562A external-priority patent/JP7259214B2/en
Application filed by 王子ホールディングス株式会社 filed Critical 王子ホールディングス株式会社
Priority claimed from JP2018120900A external-priority patent/JP7192265B2/en
Publication of WO2019004209A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019004209A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08LCOMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
    • C08L67/00Compositions of polyesters obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic ester link in the main chain; Compositions of derivatives of such polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K3/00Materials not provided for elsewhere

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a peelable film and a method of manufacturing the same.
  • Peelable films are used in industrial fields such as production processes of electronic parts and electronic substrates, and production processes of thermosetting resin members such as fiber reinforced plastics, and further in medical fields such as wet cloths and bandages.
  • a peelable film for example, one used as a surface protective film or an adhesive tape, one used as a release liner, a separator film, etc., a manufacturing process of a semiconductor product (dicing, die bonding, back grinding And the like, carriers for forming unsintered sheets at the time of producing ceramic capacitors, carriers at the time of producing composite materials, separator films of protective materials, and the like are known.
  • silicone-based peelable films are excellent in weather resistance, heat resistance, cold resistance, chemical resistance, and electrical insulation, and are widely used as peelable films.
  • silicone-based peelable film silicone may be transferred (migrated) to an article to be attached to the film (this problem is also referred to as a silicone migration problem). Therefore, it has been studied to improve the composition of silicone in the silicone-based releasable film, to minimize the amount of silicone used, or not to use silicone.
  • Patent Document 1 proposes a release film using a hydroxy group-containing long chain alkyl polymer.
  • the peeling film described in Patent Document 1 has a large difference in peeling force before and after heating, the heat resistance is insufficient.
  • a peeling film is used as a carrier for forming an unfired sheet at the time of producing a ceramic capacitor.
  • a coating layer is provided on a peeling film and it is made to dry. If the heat resistance is insufficient because the difference in peel strength before and after heating is large, the unbaked sheet is unlikely to be suddenly peeled from the peel film by the heat of drying after the drying.
  • the unbaked sheet may not only be unexpectedly difficult to be removed from the release film, but it may be considered that the unbaked sheet may be unexpectedly removed from the release film. Because of these problems, the release film is difficult to use as a substitute film for silicone-based release films.
  • the components of the peelable film migrate to the surface of the article and peel the peelable film from the article, the components of the peelable film remain on the surface of the article.
  • the surface of the article is contaminated.
  • the residual components of the surface of the article not only contaminate the surface of the article but also lead to the contamination of the surface of other articles which are subsequently in contact with the article, and in particular, the manufacturing process of precision devices such as electronic components and electronic substrates
  • the releasable film to be used for the above is required to have a performance that makes it difficult for the components of the releasable film to transfer to the article.
  • the main object of the present invention is to provide a peelable film in which the components of the peelable film are less likely to transfer to the article and the difference in peel force before and after heating is small.
  • An object of the second embodiment is to provide a peelable film excellent in heat resistance, as well as having good peelability that the peel force is light.
  • the present inventors diligently studied to solve the above-described problem of the first embodiment. As a result, it is a peelable film having a surface layer on a base material layer, wherein the main component forming the surface layer is a resin component, and the resin component is a modified acrylic resin having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) contains at least the following general formula (I):
  • R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom
  • R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • the crosslinker (D) is a melamine compound having a structure in which all hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with at least one of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group.
  • the main component forming the surface layer is a resin component,
  • the resin component includes a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D).
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) has at least the following general formula (I): (In the above general formula (I), R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms.) Contains the constitutional unit represented by The crosslinkable agent (D) is a releasable film, wherein the crosslinker (D) is a melamine compound having a structure in which all hydrogen atoms of an amino group are substituted with at least one of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) has the following general formula (II): [In the above general formula (II), R a represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, R b represents -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 -CHOH-CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 -CHOH-CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 -CHOH-CH 3 , or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH is shown. ]
  • the content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is 2 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer.
  • the content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is less than 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer.
  • the resin component includes a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D).
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) has at least the following general formula (I): (In the above general formula (I), R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms.) Contains the constitutional unit represented by The method for producing a release film, wherein the crosslinking agent (D) is a melamine compound having a structure in which all hydrogen atoms of amino groups are substituted with at least one of alkoxyalkyl groups and alkanol groups.
  • the present inventors diligently studied to solve the above-mentioned problem of the second embodiment.
  • it is a peelable film having a surface layer on a substrate layer, wherein the content of carbon relative to the total elemental content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer toward the substrate layer
  • the peelable film having a content ratio M C5 (atomic%) of 98 or more was found to be excellent in heat resistance as well as having good peelability (that is, light in peel strength).
  • the second embodiment is completed by further studying based on such findings.
  • the second embodiment includes the following.
  • a peelable film having a surface layer on a substrate layer A peelable film having a carbon content ratio MC5 (atomic%) to a total elemental content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer toward the base material layer.
  • the main component forming the surface layer is a resin component,
  • the resin component includes a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D).
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) has at least the following general formula (I):
  • R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom
  • R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • the peelable film according to item 9 comprising a structural unit represented by [11]
  • the content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is 2 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer.
  • the content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is less than 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer. 12.
  • the MC 5 and the carbon content ratio MC 40 (atomic%) to the total element content present at a depth of 40 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer toward the base material layer The peelable film according to any one of Items 9 to 12, wherein the ratio M C5 / M C40 is 1.01 ⁇ M C5 / M C40 ⁇ 1.10.
  • the resin according to any one of items 9 to 13, wherein the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A) is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyester resin and an acrylic resin. Peelable film.
  • the first embodiment is a peelable film having a surface layer on a base material layer, in which the components of the peelable film are less likely to transfer to the article, and the difference in peel force before and after heating is small. Can be provided.
  • the second embodiment it is possible to provide a peelable film having excellent peelability that the peel force is light and also excellent in heat resistance. Therefore, it is particularly suitable as a release film or the like used in the process of producing an electronic component or an electronic substrate, or in the process of producing a thermosetting resin member such as a fiber reinforced plastic.
  • the releasable film according to the first embodiment is a releasable film having a surface layer on a base material layer, and the main component forming the surface layer is a resin component, and the resin component is an alkyl component and a crosslink Containing a modified acrylic resin (A) having a functional functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D), the modified acrylic resin (A) comprising at least ,
  • the crosslinking agent (D) is characterized in that it is a melamine compound having a structure in which all hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with at least one of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group.
  • the peelable film according to the first embodiment exhibits the characteristic that the components of the peelable film do not easily transfer to the article, and the difference in peel force before and after heating is small. More specifically, (1) when an object (adherend) is attached to the surface layer of the peelable film and then peeled off between the surface layer and the object, peelability The component contained in the surface layer of the film does not easily migrate to the surface of the object, and (2) it also exhibits the characteristic that the difference in peel force before and after being heated to a high temperature such as 90 to 160 ° C is small. .
  • the process of producing an electronic component, an electronic substrate, etc., the process of producing a thermosetting resin member such as fiber reinforced plastic can be suitably used in the medical field such as poultices and bandages.
  • the peelable film according to the first embodiment has not only the above-mentioned properties but also a low peel strength at normal temperature (peel force before being heated to the above-described high temperature) and / or excellent residual adhesion. In the above-mentioned fields, it can be further preferably used.
  • the peelable film which concerns on 1st Embodiment is explained in full detail.
  • the numerical range “to” means the above and the following. That is, the notation ⁇ to ⁇ means ⁇ or more and ⁇ or less, or ⁇ or more and ⁇ or less, and includes ⁇ and ⁇ as a range. Also, “(meth) acrylic” means "acrylic or methacrylic", and other similar ones mean the same.
  • the peelable film according to the first embodiment is a laminated film having a base material layer and a surface layer on at least one side of the base material layer.
  • the base material layer in addition to a layer containing a resin (example: a film made of resin), thin sheets of paper, non-woven fabric, metal foil and the like can be used.
  • the resin may be, for example, a polyester resin such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polypropylene terephthalate, polypropylene naphthalate, polytrimethylene terephthalate, or polybutylene terephthalate.
  • Polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene; polystyrene resins; acetyl cellulose resins such as triacetyl cellulose; acrylic resins such as polymethyl methacrylate; polyurethane resins; polycarbonate resins; polyamide resins; polyvinyl chloride resins etc. It is a layer containing.
  • the base material layer in the peelable film of the first embodiment contains, as a main component, at least one selected from the group consisting of polyester resins, polyolefin resins, and polystyrene resins from the viewpoint of processability of the surface layer.
  • a polyester resin from the viewpoint of adhesion to the surface layer also adhesion to another layer when another layer is interposed between the surface layer and the base layer
  • the layer contains, as a main component, at least one selected from the group consisting of and polyolefin resins.
  • the main component means a component contained at 50% by mass or more, and the ratio of the main component is preferably 70% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, still more preferably It is 90% by mass or more, particularly preferably 95% by mass or more. In addition, 100 mass% may be sufficient as the ratio of the said main component.
  • An additive may be contained in the base material layer similarly to the surface layer mentioned later.
  • the types and components of the additives are the same as those described in the item of the surface layer described later, and the description thereof is omitted here.
  • the base material layer may be a layer constituted of any of a non-oriented film, a uniaxially oriented film, and a biaxially oriented film. From the viewpoint of processability, transparency and dimensional stability, the base material layer is preferably a layer composed of a biaxially stretched film.
  • the thickness of the base material layer is preferably 15 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 20 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of processability.
  • the thickness of the base material layer is preferably 125 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 50 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of handling when using the product.
  • the thickness of the base material layer is measured according to JIS C-2151 using a micrometer (JIS B-7502), and specifically, it is measured by the method described in the examples.
  • one or both surfaces of the substrate layer may be subjected to surface treatment, if desired.
  • surface treatment include surface roughening treatment such as sand blasting treatment or solvent treatment, surface treatment such as corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, chromic acid treatment, flame treatment, hot air treatment, or ozone / ultraviolet radiation treatment. .
  • the peelable film of the first embodiment has a surface layer on a base material layer.
  • the surface layer is a layer for imparting releasability to the releasable film.
  • the surface layer may be formed on the base material layer through each layer such as an adhesive layer between the base layer and the base layer, but the main surface of the surface layer is in contact with the main surface of the base material layer.
  • a surface layer is formed.
  • the main component forming the surface layer is a resin component.
  • the resin component contains a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D).
  • the surface layer comprises a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group as a resin component, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D). It is comprised by the hardened
  • the modified acrylic resin (A), the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and the crosslinking agent (D) will be described in detail.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group is a resin having an alkyl group as a side chain with respect to the main chain acrylic resin.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) contains at least a structural unit (formed by a monomer a described below) represented by the following general formula (I).
  • R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom
  • R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • the carbon number of the alkyl group R 2 is 10 to 18.
  • the carbon number of R 2 is preferably 12 to 18, and more preferably 12 to 14.
  • R 2 is more preferably a linear alkyl group having 12 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a linear alkyl group having 12 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • crosslinkable functional group for example, carboxyl group, isocyano group, epoxy group, N-methylol group, N-alkoxymethyl group, hydroxy group, amino group, A thiol group, a hydrolyzable silyl group, etc. are mentioned.
  • the number of crosslinkable functional groups may be one or two or more.
  • the crosslinkable functional group may be contained singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) is at least a monomer a (constituting a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond in one molecule) which forms a constitutional unit represented by the above general formula (I) as a monomer And an acrylic monomer having an alkyl group of 10 to 18 carbon atoms).
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) is, together with the monomer a, a monomer b described later (a monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and a crosslinkable functional group in one molecule), a single monomer b, A monomer c (an acrylic monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and an alkyl group having 1 to 9 or 19 or more carbon atoms in one molecule), and a monomer d (monomers a and b) And c are at least one monomer selected from the group consisting of monomers different from at least one of monomers a, b and c). It may be a copolymer obtained by polymerization. In particular, a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing at least the monomer a and the monomer b is preferable as the modified acrylic resin (A).
  • Examples of the monomer a include (meth) acrylic esters in which the ester moiety is a long-chain alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms. Specifically, isodecyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as lauryl (meth) acrylate), tridecyl (meth) acrylate and tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate) And pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as palmityl (meth) acrylate), stearyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer a in the modified acrylic resin (A) reduces the difference in peel force before and after heating, and further, from the viewpoint of making it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article, modification
  • the total of structural units contained in the acrylic resin (A) is preferably about 50 to 99.99 parts by mass, more preferably about 70 to 99.9 parts by mass, and still more preferably 85 to 99.8 parts by mass.
  • the amount is about the part by mass, more preferably 85 to 99.5 parts by mass.
  • the monomer a only one type may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
  • the monomer b is a monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and a crosslinkable functional group in one molecule. Since the monomer b has a crosslinkable functional group, it is suitably bonded to a resin (B) or the like different from the modified acrylic resin (A) via a crosslinking agent (D) described later, The difference in peel force before and after heating of the peelable film can be reduced, and furthermore, the transfer of the components of the surface layer to the article can be suppressed.
  • crosslinkable functional group for example, carboxyl group, isocyano group, epoxy group, N-methylol group, N-alkoxymethyl group, hydroxy group, amino group, thiol group, hydrolyzable silyl group, etc.
  • monomer b only one type may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
  • the number of crosslinkable functional groups may be one or two or more.
  • the crosslinkable functional group may be contained singly or in combination of two or more.
  • Examples of the monomer b having a carboxyl group include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid and styrene sulfonic acid. Further, as the monomer b having a carboxyl group, N- (meth) acryloyl-p-aminobenzoic acid, N- (meth) acryloyl-5-aminosalicylic acid and the like can also be mentioned. Moreover, a carboxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate is also mentioned as monomer b which has a carboxyl group.
  • carboxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate 1,4-di (meth) acryloxyethyl pyromellitic acid, 4- (meth) acryloxyethyl trimellitic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyl oxybenzoic acid and the like can be mentioned. .
  • (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth) acryloyloxypropyl isocyanate, etc. may be mentioned, and hydroxy (meth) acrylate (eg, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, What is obtained by reacting 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate and the like with a polyisocyanate (for example, toluene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate and the like) may also be mentioned.
  • a polyisocyanate for example, toluene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate and the like
  • Examples of the monomer b having an epoxy group include glycidyl methacrylate, glycidyl cinnamate, glycidyl allyl ether, glycidyl vinyl ether, vinylcyclohexane monoepoxide, 1,3-butadiene monoepoxide and the like.
  • a hydroxy group-containing (meth) acrylate is mainly mentioned.
  • a hydroxy group-containing (meth) acrylate 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 1-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono ( Examples include meta) acrylates, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylates, polytetramethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylates, and the like.
  • hydroxystyrene and the like can also be mentioned.
  • Examples of the monomer b having an amino group include primary or secondary amino group-containing (meth) acrylates.
  • Examples of primary or secondary amino group-containing (meth) acrylates include aminoethyl (meth) acrylate, ethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, aminopropyl (meth) acrylate and ethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate. .
  • Examples of the monomer b having a thiol group include thiol group-containing (meth) acrylates.
  • Examples of thiol group-containing (meth) acrylates include 2- (methylthio) ethyl methacrylate.
  • Examples of the monomer b having a hydrolyzable silyl group include (meth) acryloxyalkylalkoxysilanes such as ⁇ - (meth) acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane and ⁇ - (meth) acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, (meth Acryloxyalkylalkoxyalkylsilane, trimethoxyvinylsilane, dimethoxyethylsilane, triethoxyvinylsilane, triethoxyallylsilane, vinylmethyldimethoxysilane, vinylmethyldiethoxysilane, vinyltris (2-methoxyethoxy) silane and the like.
  • 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl At least one selected from the group consisting of (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate and hydroxystyrene It is one kind, more preferably 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy Butyl (meth) acrylate is at least one selected from the group consisting of 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Monomer b is 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, And when it is at least one selected from the group consisting of 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, the modified acrylic resin (A) contains at least the constituent unit represented by the above general formula (I), and at least The structural unit represented by the following general formula (II) is included.
  • R a represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom
  • R b represents -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 -CHOH-CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 -CHOH-CH 2 CH 3, -CH 2 CH 2 -CHOH-CH 3, or an -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH.
  • the content ratio of the constitutional unit derived from the monomer b in the modified acrylic resin (A) is the peel strength before and after heating.
  • the amount of the total of structural units contained in the modified acrylic resin (A) is about 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with 100 parts by mass. Is preferably about 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably about 0.2 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably about 0.5 to 3 parts by mass, 0. It is particularly preferable that the amount is about 8 to 1.5 parts by mass.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) contains not only a structural unit derived from the monomer a but also a structural unit derived from the monomer b, the primary structure may be a random copolymer, It may be a block copolymer.
  • the monomer c is an acrylic monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and an alkyl group having 1 to 9 or 19 or more carbon atoms in one molecule.
  • the monomer c can be used, for example, to adjust the concentration of the alkyl group contained in the surface layer, reduce the difference in peel strength before and after heating of the peelable film, and further, an article of the component of the surface layer It can contribute to the suppression of the transition to
  • (meth) acrylic acid derivatives are preferably mentioned.
  • (meth) acrylic acid derivative a monomer from which a structural unit represented by the following general formula (III) can be derived is preferable.
  • R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom
  • R 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 9 or 19 or more carbon atoms
  • the alkyl group is a fluorine atom, an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom Or a modified alkyl group containing a sulfur atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a silicon atom or the like.
  • the monomer c examples include methyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate stearyl (meth) acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) ) Acrylate, (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylonitrile and the like.
  • the monomer c may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content ratio of the constitutional unit derived from the monomer c in the modified acrylic resin (A) is the peel strength before and after heating. From the viewpoint of reducing the difference and further making it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article, the amount of the total of structural units contained in the modified acrylic resin (A) is about 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with 100 parts by mass. The content is preferably about 0.1 to 10 parts by mass.
  • the monomer d is a monomer different from the monomers a, b and c, and is a monomer copolymerizable with at least one of the monomers a, b and c.
  • the monomer d examples include (i ′) aromatic vinyl monomer, (ii ′) olefin hydrocarbon monomer, (iii ′) vinyl ester monomer, and (iv ′) vinyl Halide monomers, (v ') vinyl ether monomers, etc. may be mentioned.
  • the monomer d only one type may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
  • the monomer d can be used, for example, to adjust the concentration of various functional groups contained in the surface layer, and the difference in the peeling force before and after heating of the peelable film is small. It can contribute to the suppression of the transition to goods.
  • aromatic vinyl monomer styrene, methylstyrene, ethylstyrene, chlorostyrene, styrenes partially substituted with hydrogen (eg, monofluoromethylstyrene, difluoromethylstyrene, trifluoromethylstyrene etc.), etc. Can be mentioned.
  • the olefin hydrocarbon monomer may, for example, be ethylene, propylene, butadiene, isobutylene, isoprene or 1,4-pentadiene.
  • Examples of the vinyl ester monomer include vinyl acetate and the like.
  • vinyl halide monomer examples include vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, monofluoroethylene, difluoroethylene, trifluoroethylene and the like.
  • vinyl ether monomers examples include vinyl methyl ether and the like.
  • the content ratio of the constitutional unit derived from the monomer d in the modified acrylic resin (A) is the peel strength before and after heating. From the viewpoint of reducing the difference and further making it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article, the amount of the total of structural units contained in the modified acrylic resin (A) is about 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with 100 parts by mass. The content is preferably about 0.1 to 10 parts by mass.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the modified acrylic resin (A) is preferably 5 ⁇ 10 4 to 15 ⁇ 10 in order to reduce the difference in peel force before and after heating and to make it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article. 4, and more preferably from 6 ⁇ 10 4 ⁇ 14 ⁇ 10 4, more preferably from 8 ⁇ 10 4 ⁇ 12 ⁇ 10 4.
  • the content of the modified acrylic resin (A) in the surface layer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of reducing the difference in peel force before and after heating and making it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article, the surface
  • the total amount of the resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the layer is 100 parts by mass, preferably 30 parts by mass or more, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, further preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and more than 50 parts by mass It is more preferable, and 55 parts by mass or more is particularly preferable.
  • the content of the modified acrylic resin (A) in the surface layer is preferably 98 parts by mass or less with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer. It is more preferably 90 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, particularly preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 60 parts by mass or less.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) As a method of obtaining the modified acrylic resin (A), the above-mentioned monomer a and, if necessary, monomer b, monomer c and monomer d, radical polymerization, anion polymerization, cation polymerization etc. It can be obtained by polymerization by a known polymerization method.
  • an initiator may be used.
  • an azo compound an organic peroxide, etc. can be used.
  • an azo compound is preferable, and azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) is more preferable, from the viewpoint of polymerization yield and easiness of molecular weight control.
  • the amount of the polymerization agent used is preferably 0.01 to 3 parts by mass, taking 100 parts by mass as the total of structural units contained in the modified acrylic resin (A), from the viewpoint of yield and ease of control of molecular weight. It is preferably 2 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 1.5 parts by mass.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) is an alkyl group to a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least the monomer b (a monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and a crosslinkable functional group). May be obtained by graft polymerization. That is, a polymer (hereinafter referred to as a modified acrylic resin (A ')) having a structure in which an alkyl group is graft-polymerized to a part or all of the crosslinkable functional group of the constituent unit derived by monomer b Similar to the modified acrylic resin (A), it can be used alone or in combination with the modified acrylic resin (A).
  • the carbon number of the graft-polymerized alkyl group is preferably about 10 to 18, and more preferably about 12 to 14.
  • the method for introducing the alkyl group by graft polymerization is not limited, and a known method may be mentioned.
  • modified acrylic resin (A ') the same as the monomer b exemplified for the modified acrylic resin (A) can be preferably used.
  • the details of the monomer b are as described above.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A ′) may be a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing at least one of the monomer c and the monomer d with the monomer b.
  • the monomer c and the monomer d exemplified for the modified acrylic resin (A) can be preferably used.
  • the details of the monomer c and the monomer d are as described above.
  • the resin component which forms a surface layer contains resin (B) different from modified acrylic resin (A) with modified acrylic resin (A).
  • the alkyl group of the modified acrylic resin (A) can be easily segregated on the surface by utilizing the difference in compatibility with the modified acrylic resin (A), and heating It is possible to reduce the difference between the front and back peel force, and to make it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article.
  • the resin (B) is not particularly limited, but preferably includes at least one selected from the group consisting of polyester resins and acrylic resins.
  • a polyester resin and an acrylic resin it can select suitably from the well-known things known as a polyester resin and an acrylic resin, and can be used.
  • a polyester resin it is a resin obtained by condensation reaction of (i) polyhydric alcohol and polybasic acid, which is modified with a condensation product of dibasic acid and dihydric alcohol, non-drying oil fatty acid, etc. Examples include certain non-convertible polyester resins, and (ii) invertible polyester resins which are condensation products of dibasic acids and tri- or higher alcohols.
  • only one type of polyester resin (B) may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
  • a dihydric alcohol used as a raw material of polyester resin
  • a trihydric alcohol the polyhydric alcohol more than tetravalent etc.
  • the dihydric alcohol include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, trimethylene glycol, tetramethylene glycol, neopentyl glycol and the like.
  • trihydric alcohols include glycerin, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane and the like.
  • polyhydric alcohol of tetravalent or higher examples include diglycerin, triglycerin, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, mannit, sorbite and the like. These polyhydric alcohols may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • polybasic acids used as raw materials of polyester resin specifically, aromatic polybasic acids, aliphatic saturated polybasic acids, aliphatic unsaturated polybasic acids, polybasic acids by Diels-Alder reaction, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • aromatic polybasic acids include phthalic anhydride, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, and trimet anhydride.
  • aliphatic saturated polybasic acids include succinic acid, adipic acid and sebacic acid.
  • aliphatic unsaturated polybasic acids include maleic acid, maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic anhydride and the like.
  • polybasic acids obtained by the Diels-Alder reaction include cyclopentadiene-maleic anhydride adduct, terpene-maleic anhydride adduct, rosin-maleic anhydride adduct and the like. These polybasic acids may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • non-drying oil fatty acid which is a modifier
  • non-drying oil fatty acid which is a modifier
  • the non-drying oil fatty acid which is a modifier include octylic acid, lauric acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linoleic acid, eleostearic acid, licinoleic acid, dehydrated ricinoleic acid, Or coconut oil, linseed oil, tung oil, castor oil, dehydrated castor oil, soybean oil, safflower oil, fatty acids of these, and the like.
  • One of these may be used alone, or two or more may be used in combination.
  • a polyester resin it may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used combining 2 or more types.
  • acrylic resin for example, a homopolymer of (meth) acrylic acid ester, a copolymer of two or more different (meth) acrylic acid ester monomers, or (meth) acrylic acid ester and another monomer Copolymers may be mentioned.
  • (meth) acrylic resin methyl poly (meth) acrylate, ethyl poly (meth) acrylate, propyl poly (meth) acrylate, butyl poly (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate Methyl (butyl) (meth) acrylate copolymer, ethyl (meth) acrylate-butyl (meth) acrylate copolymer, ethylene-methyl (meth) acrylate copolymer, styrene-(meth) acrylate co-polymer
  • acrylic acid esters such as polymers. Only one type of acrylic resin may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
  • the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A) preferably has a reactive functional group in order to react with a crosslinking agent (D) described later.
  • the reactive functional group is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group and a hydroxy group.
  • the hydroxyl value of the resin (B) is preferably 5 to 500 mg KOH / g, more preferably 10 to 300 mg KOH / g, and 15 to 100 mg KOH / g. It is further preferred that
  • the number average molecular weight of the resin (B) is preferably about 500 to 30,000, and more preferably about 1,000 to 20,000.
  • the network structure when the surface layer is crosslinked with the crosslinking agent (D) is likely to be dense, and the modified acrylic having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group Segregation on the release surface of the resin (A) is likely to occur.
  • the content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is not limited, the surface layer is formed from the viewpoint of reducing the difference in peel force before and after heating and making it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article.
  • the total amount of the resin (A) and the resin (B) is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass. It is particularly preferable that the content is at least 40 parts by mass, and particularly preferably at least 40 parts by mass.
  • the total amount of the resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer is preferably 100 parts by mass or less and is preferably 70 parts by mass or less, more preferably 60 parts by mass or less, The content is more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, still more preferably less than 50 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 45 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin component which forms a surface layer contains a crosslinking agent (D) with denatured acrylic resin (A) and resin (B).
  • the crosslinking agent (D) has a function of crosslinking the modified acrylic resins (A), the resins (B), or the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B).
  • the crosslinker (D) is a melamine compound.
  • the melamine compound has a structure in which all hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with at least one of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group. That is, it can be said that the melamine compound has at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group as a substituent of the amino group.
  • the melamine compound has a structural unit in which three amino groups are bonded to a triazine ring, and in the first embodiment, a total of six substituents bonded to three amino groups are alkoxyalkyl groups and It can be said that it is only at least one selected from the group consisting of alkanol groups, and does not have any other substituent such as a hydrogen atom.
  • the melamine compound can be represented by the following general formula (IV).
  • a total of six substituents R possessed by three amino groups bonded to the triazine ring are groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the amino groups are substituted.
  • the six substituents R are each independently an alkoxyalkyl group or an alkanol group.
  • n is a number of 1 or more, and indicates the average n number of the melamine compound.
  • the alkoxyalkyl group means, for example, a C1-6 alkyloxy C1-6 alkyl group such as a methoxymethyl group or 1-ethoxyethyl group.
  • the alkanol group is, for example, hydroxymethyl group, 2-hydroxyethyl group, 3-hydroxypropyl group, 2-hydroxy-n-propyl group (-CH 2 -CHOH-CH 3 ), 2-hydroxy-1- It means a group in which a hydrogen atom on a terminal methyl group of a linear or branched alkyl group such as a methylethyl group is substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • C1-6 means carbon number of 1 to 6.
  • the melamine compound has six substituents R in general formula (IV) Among them, at least one is preferably an alkoxyalkyl group, three or more are more preferably an alkoxyalkyl group, and it is particularly preferable that all six be an alkoxyalkyl group.
  • the number of alkanol groups is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and still more preferably 0.
  • all six substituents R are alkoxyalkyl groups.
  • the carbon number of the alkoxyalkyl group is preferably 2 to 5, and more preferably 2.
  • Preferred specific examples of the alkoxyalkyl group include propoxymethyl group, ethoxymethyl group, methoxymethyl group and the like, and among these, methoxymethyl group is particularly preferable.
  • the carbon number of the alkanol group is preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1.
  • Specific preferred examples of the alkanol group include propanol group (3-hydroxypropyl group), ethylol group (2-hydroxyethyl group), methylol group (hydroxymethyl group) and the like, and among these, methylol group is particularly preferable.
  • the average n amount number of the melamine compound is preferably about 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably about 1.1 to 2.0, and still more preferably about 1.2 to 1.5.
  • the crosslinking agent (D) only one type may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
  • the melamine compound is a compound represented by the general formula (V) from the viewpoint of reducing the difference in peel force before and after heating and further making it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article. Is particularly preferred. [Here, Me represents a methyl group. ]
  • the average n number of melamine compounds is in the above range.
  • the resin component forming the surface layer may contain another crosslinking agent different from the crosslinking agent (D), but the crosslinking agent contained in the resin component is It is preferable that it is only a crosslinking agent (D).
  • crosslinking agents include, but are not limited to, for example, polyfunctional amino compounds different from the aforementioned melamine compounds, isocyanate compounds (including monoisocyanate, diisocyanate, polyfunctional isocyanate etc.), polyfunctional epoxy compounds, polyfunctional Metal compounds or dialdehydes and the like can be mentioned.
  • a urea compound As a polyfunctional amino compound different from the said melamine compound, a urea compound, a benzoguanamine compound, diamines etc. are mentioned.
  • the urea compound include alkylated urea compounds (for example, Nicarak (registered trademark) MX-270 manufactured by Nippon Carbide Industrial Co., Ltd.).
  • the benzoguanamine compound examples include benzoguanamine, methylated benzoguanamine and the like.
  • diamines include ethylenediamine, tetramethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, N, N'-diphenylethylenediamine, p-xylylenediamine and the like.
  • polyfunctional isocyanate compounds for example, diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate (TMDI), xylene diisocyanate (XDI), naphthalene Diisocyanate (NDI), trimethylolpropane (TMP) adduct TDI, TMP adduct HDI, TMP adduct IPDI, TMP adduct XDI, etc. may be mentioned.
  • MDI diphenylmethane diisocyanate
  • TDI tolylene diisocyanate
  • HDI hexamethylene diisocyanate
  • IPDI isophorone diisocyanate
  • TMDI trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate
  • XDI xylene diisocyanate
  • N, N, N ', N'- tetraglycidyl metaxylene diamine, a 1, 3- bis (N, N- diglycidyl aminomethyl) cyclohexane etc. are mentioned, for example.
  • Examples of polyfunctional metal compounds include aluminum chelate compounds, titanium chelate compounds, trimethoxyaluminum and the like.
  • Examples of the aluminum chelate compound include aluminum trisacetylacetonate, aluminum ethylacetoacetate / diisopropylate and the like.
  • Examples of titanium chelate compounds include titanium tetraacetylacetonate, titanium acetylacetonate, titanium octylene glycolate, tetraisopropoxy titanium, tetramethoxy titanium and the like.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent (D) reduces the difference in peel force before and after heating, and further makes it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article, the modified acrylic resin (A) and the modified resin It is preferable that it is 3 mass parts or more with respect to a total of 100 mass parts of resin (B) different from acrylic resin (A), It is more preferable that it is 4 mass parts or more, It is 5 mass parts or more Is more preferred. Moreover, it is preferable that it is 30 mass parts or less with respect to a total of 100 mass parts of resin (B) different from modified acrylic resin (A) and modified acrylic resin (A) from the same viewpoint, and 20 mass It is more preferably part or less, further preferably 10 parts by mass or less.
  • Each of the surface layer and the base material layer may further contain at least one additive as necessary, in addition to the resin component as the main component.
  • the additive include an acid catalyst, an antioxidant, a chlorine absorber, a stabilizer such as an ultraviolet absorber, a lubricant, a plasticizer, a flame retardant, an antistatic agent, a colorant, and an antiblocking agent. .
  • Such additives may be added to the base layer and the surface layer within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • At least one additive may be contained only in any of the base layer and the surface layer, or may be contained in all layers of the base layer and the surface layer.
  • the base layer and the surface layer may also contain the same or different additives.
  • the “acid catalyst” can improve the compactness of the coating film by the crosslinking reaction, and can suppress the precipitation of the oligomer.
  • an acid catalyst for this crosslinking reaction for example, an acidic catalyst such as paratoluenesulfonic acid, methyl paratoluenesulfonate, ethyl paratoluenesulfonate, n-butyl paratoluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonic acid, sulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid and the like is preferably used. It can be used.
  • An acid catalyst can be used 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types.
  • the amount of the acid catalyst used is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 0.5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component constituting the surface layer. It is more preferable that it is more than.
  • the amount of the acid catalyst used is preferably 3 parts by mass or less, more preferably 2 parts by mass or less, and 1.5 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component constituting the surface layer. It is further preferred that
  • the antioxidant is not particularly limited, and, for example, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol (general name: BHT), phenol type, hindered amine type, phosphite type, lactone type and tocopherol type Antioxidants are mentioned. Specifically, dibutyl hydroxytoluene, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris ( Examples include 3,5-di-t-butyl-4hydroxy) benzene and tris (2,4-di-t-butylphenyl) phosphite.
  • BHT 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol
  • phenol type hindered amine type
  • phosphite type lactone type
  • tocopherol type Antioxidants are mentioned.
  • chlorine absorber is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include metal soaps such as calcium stearate.
  • UV absorber is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include benzotriazole (such as Tinuvin 328 manufactured by BASF), benzophenone (such as Cysorb UV-531 manufactured by Cytec), hydroxybenzoate (such as UV-CHEK-AM-340 manufactured by Ferro), etc. Can be mentioned.
  • the "plasticizer” is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include citric acid ester, dibutyl phthalate, polyethylene glycols, propylene glycols, glycerin and the like.
  • the "flame retardant” is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include halogen compounds, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, phosphate, borate and antimony oxide.
  • the "antistatic agent” is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include glycerin monoester (glycerin monostearate and the like), and an ethoxylated secondary amine.
  • colorant examples include various colored dyes, colored pigments, and fluorescent dyes.
  • anti-blocking agent is added to prevent blocking and is not particularly limited as long as the effect as a nucleating agent is not exhibited.
  • antiblocking agents include silica, alumina, (synthetic) zeolite, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, mica, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, quartz, magnesium carbonate, palladium carbonate, palladium sulfate, titanium dioxide, etc., and polystyrene particles , Polyacrylic particles, polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) particles, crosslinked polyethylene particles, polyester particles, polyamide particles, polycarbonate particles, polycarbonate particles, polyether particles, polyether sulfone particles, polyetherimide, polyphenylene sulfide, polyether ether ketone, polyamide Imide particles, (crosslinked) melamine resin particles, benzoguanamine resin particles, urea resin particles, amino resin particles, furan resin particles, epoxy resin particles, phenol resin particles, unsaturated polyester Ether resin particles, a vinyl este
  • the antiblocking agent is preferably particles having a particle size of 0.1 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, and PMMA particles and silica particles are more preferable because they are excellent in blocking resistance and slipperiness.
  • PMMA particles and silica particles are more preferable because they are excellent in blocking resistance and slipperiness.
  • the surface layer does not substantially contain a silicone compound so as not to adversely affect the electrical parts and the like.
  • substantially free of silicone compound means that the amount of silicone compound is preferably 500 ⁇ g / g or less, more preferably 100 ⁇ g / g or less.
  • the thickness of the surface layer is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or more, and particularly preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more from the viewpoint of easily enhancing the releasability.
  • the thickness of the surface layer is preferably 3 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1.5 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of transfer of the polymer component to the base layer.
  • the thickness of the surface layer is observed using a transmission electron microscope (TEM) (for example, “HT7700 type” manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), and specifically measured by the method described in the examples.
  • TEM transmission electron microscope
  • the surface layer can be formed by laminating a resin component that forms the surface layer on the base material layer.
  • Preferred embodiments of the method for producing the surface layer include a modified acrylic resin (A), a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D), and, if necessary, other components.
  • a coating solution containing at least one solvent and the like on the base material layer, the resin (A) and the resin (B) are crosslinked, and obtained by the coating It is formed by removing the solvent from the coated layer.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited as long as components other than the solvent in the coating liquid can be dissolved and / or uniformly dispersed.
  • the solvent include organic solvents of ketone / ester type such as methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) and ethyl acetate, and organic solvents such as aliphatic hydrocarbon such as n-heptane and methyl cyclohexane.
  • MEK methyl ethyl ketone
  • ethyl acetate organic solvents such as aliphatic hydrocarbon such as n-heptane and methyl cyclohexane.
  • the boiling point of the solvent is preferably 10 to 150 ° C., more preferably 20 to 120 ° C., from the viewpoint of easily improving the handling property of the coating liquid and the production efficiency of the peelable film. Only one type of solvent may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
  • Concentration of components other than the solvent in the coating liquid concentration of solid component remaining in the surface layer after removing the solvent, for example, modified acrylic resin (A), modified acrylic resin (A)
  • concentration of different resins (B), crosslinking agent (D), and other components optionally blended is not limited, but from the viewpoint of coating liquid stability and coating suitability.
  • the amount is preferably 1 to 24% by mass, more preferably 1 to 19% by mass, still more preferably 2 to 14% by mass, and 2 to 10% by mass with respect to the total amount of the coating liquid. Particularly preferred.
  • the coating method is not particularly limited.
  • a method using a blade coater, an air knife coater, a roll coater, a bar coater, a gravure coater, a microgravure coater, a rod blade coater, a lip coater, a die coater, a curtain coater, or a printing machine is mentioned.
  • heating the coating layer in the presence of the crosslinking agent (D) may be mentioned.
  • a method of applying hot air to the coating layer for heating, and heating the coating layer with an electromagnetic wave such as infrared rays may be mentioned.
  • the method for removing the solvent from the coating layer is not particularly limited as long as the solvent can be volatilized. Note that removing the solvent does not only mean completely removing the solvent, but also includes removing the solvent to such an extent that a layer is formed. Examples of the method for removing the solvent include a method of applying a wind to the coated layer to dry it, a method of drying the coated layer by heating, and the like.
  • the drying temperature by heating or the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 170 ° C., and more preferably 90 to 150 ° C., from the viewpoint of easily achieving both solvent removal and acceleration of the crosslinking reaction.
  • the drying time or heating time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 15 to 90 seconds, and still more preferably 20 to 50 seconds.
  • the peelable film of the first embodiment may or may not be stretched, it is preferable that the surface layer be non-stretched from the viewpoint of easily obtaining good light peelability.
  • the surface of the peelable film may be provided with a fine surface roughness for improving the winding suitability, as long as there is no hindrance to the bonding in the case of using as a peelable film.
  • An embossing method, an etching method, etc. and various well-known roughening methods can be employ
  • the peelable film of the first embodiment can be appropriately set depending on the use application from a very light (very low) T-peel peel force to a moderately light (moderately low) peel force. From the viewpoint of easily enhancing the adhesion of the peelable film to the adherend, it is preferably 0.01 N / 25 mm or more, more preferably 0.02 N / 25 mm or more, and still more preferably 0.05 N / 25 mm or more.
  • the T-peel peeling force is preferably 2.00 N / 25 mm or less, more preferably 1.50 N / 25 mm or less, and more preferably 1.00 N / 25 mm or less, from the viewpoint of easily increasing the peelability.
  • the T-peel peeling force of the peelable film is measured by the following method.
  • T-peel peeling force before heating T-peel peeling force
  • the post-heating T-peel peeling force of the peelable film of the first embodiment has a small difference from the pre-heating T-peel peeling force ((T-peel peeling force after heating))-(before heating)
  • the value of T-peel peeling force) is preferably -0.20 to +0.20, more preferably -0.10 to +0.10, still more preferably -0.08 to +0.05, and -0.04 to +0.02 is particularly preferred.
  • the post-heating T-peel peeling force of the peelable film is measured by the following method.
  • T-peel peeling is performed at a speed of 1000 mm / min, and the peeling force at that time is measured. The value thus measured is taken as the T-peel peeling force after heating.
  • the thickness of the peelable film is preferably 18 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 20 ⁇ m or more from the viewpoint of the handleability as a peelable film.
  • the thickness of the peelable film is preferably 100 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 50 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of handleability as a peelable film.
  • the thickness of the peelable film of the first embodiment is measured using a micrometer (JIS B-7502) according to JIS C-2151.
  • the peelable film of the first embodiment is excellent as a peelable film because it has good peelability and maintains the above-mentioned good peelability even after being heat-treated.
  • the peelable film of the first embodiment can be widely used in the industrial field, medical field, etc.
  • a peelable film used for a surface protection film, an adhesive tape, etc., a release liner or separator film, at the time of producing a semiconductor product It is suitably used as a separator film of a process (dicing, die bonding, back grinding) tape used, a carrier for forming an unfired sheet at the time of producing a ceramic capacitor, a carrier at the time of producing a composite material, a separator film of a protective material and the like.
  • the peelable film of the first embodiment is a tape or sheet; resin members such as electric devices, electronic devices, wearable devices, medical devices and building materials; intermediate members manufactured in the process of manufacturing the semiconductor product; various electric parts (Hard disk, motor, connector, switch, etc.); object in the case of using as the above-mentioned carrier; dry film resist;
  • the adherend described above has an adhesive layer (for example, a solvent-based, emulsion-based or hot-melt pressure-sensitive adhesive layer)
  • the surface layer of the peelable film of the first embodiment and the adhesive may be used by being attached to an adherend so that the agent layer is laminated.
  • the method of affixing the peelable film of the first embodiment to an object is not particularly limited.
  • the peelable film of the first embodiment may be appropriately cut and attached to the object according to, for example, the area to which it is attached, or the peelable film of the first embodiment may also be attached.
  • the objects to be attached may also be bonded by roll-to-roll if they are each wound in a roll.
  • the peelable film according to the second embodiment is a laminated film having a base material layer and a surface layer on at least one side of the base material layer.
  • the peelable film of the second embodiment has a surface layer on a base material layer.
  • the surface layer is a layer for imparting releasability to the releasable film.
  • the surface layer may be formed on the base material layer through each layer such as an adhesive layer between the base layer and the base layer, but the main surface of the surface layer is in contact with the main surface of the base material layer.
  • a surface layer is formed.
  • the peelable film according to the second embodiment has a carbon content ratio M C5 (atomic%) to the total element content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer to the base material layer ) Is 98 or more (more specifically, 98.0 or more) (i.e., 98 ⁇ M C5 , and further 98.0 ⁇ M C5 ).
  • the M C5 falls below 98atomic% (i.e., M C5 ⁇ 98) if it is, becomes the alkyl chain is not segregated on the outermost surface side of the surface layer, there is a possibility that not be possible to impart sufficient releasability.
  • M C5 The upper limit of M C5, but are not limited to, (more specifically, an M C5 ⁇ 99.0, M C5 99 or less, more 99.0 or less) M C5 ⁇ 99 are preferable.
  • adjustment of MC5 adjustment of the ratio of the modified acrylic resin (A) component mentioned later, adjustment of the thickness of a layer, etc. are mentioned.
  • M C5 The ratio of the content of carbon to the total elemental content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer toward the base material layer is M C5 (atomic%), and the outermost surface in the surface layer Assuming that the content ratio of carbon to the total element content present at a depth of 40 nm vertically toward the base material layer is M C40 (atomic%), the relationship between M C5 and M C40 is 1.01 ⁇ It is preferable that M C5 / M C40 ⁇ 1.10. When M C5 / M C40 is 1.01 ⁇ M C5 / M C40 ⁇ 1.10, it indicates that the alkyl chain is segregated on the outermost surface side of the surface layer, and sufficient peelability can be obtained.
  • the relationship between the M C5 and M C40 is preferably 1.03 ⁇ M C5 / M C40 ⁇ 1.10, more preferably 1.04 ⁇ M C5 / M C40 ⁇ 1.10, It is further preferable that 1.04 ⁇ M C5 / M C40 ⁇ 1.09.
  • Each preferred embodiment of the relationship between the M C5 and M C40 are those found from the viewpoint of good release properties.
  • M C5 / M C40 indicates the degree (degree) of segregation of the alkyl chain on the outermost surface.
  • a large M C5 / M C40 value indicates that the alkyl chain is more segregated with respect to the outermost surface.
  • the surface layer when 1.01 ⁇ M C5 / M C40 ⁇ 1. 10, the alkyl chain is segregated on the outermost surface of the surface layer, and therefore groups or components other than the alkyl chain are the base material layer or It is believed to interact with the substrate layer and other layers adjacent thereto. Due to such a mechanism, the peelable film of the second embodiment has an effect of good peelability by the alkyl chain and an object attached to the surface layer after being exposed to high temperature. It is speculated that it has the effect of maintaining good releasability.
  • the kind and content of the alkyl acrylate component in the modified acrylic resin (A) described later; resin (B) described later And their contents; and the like As an example, in the film according to the second embodiment, when the surface layer contains a modified acrylic resin (A) described later and a resin (B) described later, and the resin (B) is a polyester resin, the resin As the content of (B) increases, the MC5 value tends to decrease, and the MC5 / MC40 value tends to increase.
  • the value of M C5 and M C40 is measured by the technique described in each embodiment, the value of M C5 / M C40 is calculated from the measured values.
  • the carbon content ratio M C5 (atomic%) to the total element content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer of the peelable film toward the substrate layer is the surface by Ar ion sputtering It is a value measured by conducting XPS analysis while shaving the layer from the outermost surface side.
  • Measurement mode Measurement mode: Monochromator, X-ray source: Al, measurement area: 500 ⁇ m ⁇ , measurement element: carbon (C) using an X-ray electron spectroscopy (XPS) measuring instrument ESCA LAB 250 (manufactured by Thermo VG scientific) Do.
  • the conditions of sputtering are: irradiation ion: argon (Ar), current value: 2.5 ( ⁇ A), voltage: 120 (V), sputtering rate: 0.1 (nm / sec).
  • the content ratio of carbon to total element content at the position of the vertical depth 40nm towards the base layer from the outermost surface of the surface layer of the peelable film M C40 (atomic%), similar to M C5, This is a value measured by carrying out XPS analysis while shaving the surface layer from the outermost surface side by Ar ion sputtering.
  • measurement conditions M C40 (measuring instrument, measurement mode, X-rays source, the measurement area, the measurement elements and the like) and sputtering conditions (irradiation ion current, voltage, sputtering rate, etc.) for the measurement of the M C5 The same as in the condition.
  • the main component forming the surface layer is a resin component.
  • the resin component contains a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D).
  • the surface layer comprises a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group as a resin component, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D). It is preferable to be comprised by the hardened
  • the main component that forms the surface layer is a resin component
  • the resin component is an alkyl component and a modified acrylic resin (A) having a crosslinkable functional group, and the modified resin.
  • the resin (B) different from the acrylic resin (A) and the cross-linking agent (D) are included, a peelable film having excellent peelability and light resistance is easily obtained while having good peelability that the peel force is light.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A), the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and the crosslinking agent (D) will be described in detail.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group is a resin having an alkyl group as a side chain with respect to the main chain acrylic resin.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) contains at least a structural unit (formed by a monomer a described below) represented by the general formula (I).
  • crosslinkable functional group (reactive functional group) in the modified acrylic resin (A) is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) is at least a monomer a (constituting a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond in one molecule) which forms a constitutional unit represented by the above general formula (I) as a monomer And an acrylic monomer having an alkyl group of 10 to 18 carbon atoms).
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) is, together with the monomer a, a monomer b described later (a monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and a crosslinkable functional group in one molecule), a single monomer b, A monomer c (an acrylic monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and an alkyl group having 1 to 9 or 19 or more carbon atoms in one molecule), and a monomer d (monomers a and b) And c are at least one monomer selected from the group consisting of monomers different from at least one of monomers a, b and c). It may be a copolymer obtained by polymerization. In particular, a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing at least the monomer a and the monomer b is preferable as the modified acrylic resin (A).
  • Examples of the monomer a include (meth) acrylic esters in which the ester moiety is a long-chain alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms, and specific compounds are the same as those exemplified in the first embodiment. is there.
  • the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer a in the modified acrylic resin (A) is a modified acrylic resin (A) from the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance.
  • a modified acrylic resin (A) from the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance.
  • the monomer a only one type may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
  • the monomer b is a monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and a crosslinkable functional group in one molecule. Since the monomer b has a crosslinkable functional group, in the second embodiment, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A) via a crosslinking agent (D) described later (B) And the like to reduce peeling force and to further improve heat resistance.
  • the crosslinkable functional group (reactive functional group) of the monomer b may be, for example, a carboxyl group, an isocyano group, an epoxy group, an N-methylol group, N as in the first embodiment.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) when the modified acrylic resin (A) contains a constitutional unit derived from the monomer b, the content ratio of the constitutional unit derived from the monomer b in the modified acrylic resin (A) is From the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance, it is preferable that the total of structural units contained in the modified acrylic resin (A) is about 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, It is more preferably about 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, further preferably about 0.2 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably about 0.5 to 3 parts by mass, and 0.8 to 1.5 It is particularly preferred that the amount is about parts by mass.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) contains not only a structural unit derived from the monomer a but also a structural unit derived from the monomer b, the primary structure may be a random copolymer, It may be a block copolymer.
  • the monomer c is an acrylic monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and an alkyl group having 1 to 9 or 19 or more carbon atoms in one molecule.
  • the monomer c can be used, for example, to adjust the concentration of the alkyl group contained in the surface layer, and as a result, the peeling force can be reduced and the heat resistance can be further improved. it can.
  • (meth) acrylic acid derivatives are preferably mentioned.
  • the (meth) acrylic acid derivative a monomer from which the constituent unit represented by the general formula (III) is derived is preferable.
  • the description of the constituent unit represented by the general formula (III) is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
  • the specific example of the monomer c is the same as the illustration in the first embodiment, and as the monomer c, only one type may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
  • the content ratio of the constitutional unit derived from the monomer c in the modified acrylic resin (A) is From the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance, it is preferable that the total of structural units contained in the modified acrylic resin (A) is about 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, More preferably, it is about 0.1 to 10 parts by mass.
  • the monomer d is a monomer different from the monomers a, b and c, and is a monomer copolymerizable with at least one of the monomers a, b and c.
  • the monomer d include the same monomers as in the first embodiment, and only one monomer d may be used, or two or more monomers may be mixed and used. May be In the second embodiment, the monomer d can be used, for example, to adjust the concentration of various functional groups contained in the surface layer, to lighten the peel force of the peelable film, and to further improve the heat resistance. It can be improved.
  • the content ratio of the constitutional unit derived from the monomer d in the modified acrylic resin (A) is From the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance, it is preferable that the total of structural units contained in the modified acrylic resin (A) is about 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, More preferably, it is about 0.1 to 10 parts by mass.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the modified acrylic resin (A) is preferably 5 ⁇ 10 4 to 15 ⁇ 10 4 from the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance.
  • it is 6 ⁇ 10 4 to 14 ⁇ 10 4 , more preferably 8 ⁇ 10 4 to 12 ⁇ 10 4 .
  • the content of the modified acrylic resin (A) in the surface layer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance, the resin constituting the surface layer
  • the total amount of (A) and the resin (B) is preferably 100 parts by mass, more than 50 parts by mass is preferable, 52 parts by mass or more is more preferable, and 55 parts by mass or more is more preferable.
  • the content of the modified acrylic resin (A) in the surface layer is preferably 98 parts by mass or less with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer.
  • the fact that the content of the resin (A) exceeds 50 parts by mass with respect to the total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the resin (B) is the resin (A). parts by mass M a of), and the parts by weight of the resin (B) in the case of the M B, 1 ⁇ is synonymous with an M a / M B.
  • the content of the resin (A) is 52 parts by mass or more is 1.083 ⁇ M A / M B, it is 55 parts by mass or more 1.222 ⁇ M A / Being M B and being 97 parts by mass or less are synonymous with M A / M B ⁇ 32.333, respectively.
  • the content of the resin (A) exceeds 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the resin (A) and the resin (B), the peeling force can be reduced and the heat resistance can be further improved. The difference in peel force after heating and before heating is very small, and the residual adhesion rate is also excellent.
  • the content (%) of the modified acrylic resin (A) in the surface layer is, for example, 50% by mass from the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance. Above, 60 mass% or more, 70 mass% or more, 80 mass% or more, 90 mass% or more, etc. may be mentioned.
  • the resin component for forming the surface layer preferably contains a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A) together with the modified acrylic resin (A).
  • the alkyl group of the modified acrylic resin (A) is obtained by utilizing the difference in compatibility with the modified acrylic resin (A). It is easy to segregate on the surface, and as a result, the peeling force is lightened and the heat resistance is further improved.
  • the resin (B) is not particularly limited, but preferably includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyester resin and an acrylic resin.
  • polyester resin is more preferable as the resin (B).
  • the description of the polyester resin and the acrylic resin is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
  • the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A) preferably has a reactive functional group in order to react with a crosslinking agent (D) described later.
  • the reactive functional group is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group and a hydroxy group.
  • the hydroxyl value of the resin (B) is preferably 5 to 500 mg KOH / g, more preferably 10 to 300 mg KOH / g. 10 to 100 mg KOH / g is more preferable, and 10 to 40 mg KOH / g is particularly preferable.
  • the hydroxyl value of the resin (B) is in each of the above-mentioned preferable ranges, the density of the crosslinked network structure by the crosslinking agent (D) described later is appropriate, and the peeling power is further reduced.
  • the resin (B) is a polyester resin having a hydroxyl value within each of the preferred ranges, the above tendency is strong.
  • the number average molecular weight of the resin (B) is the same as in the first embodiment.
  • the resin (B) in the surface layer preferably has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 55 ° C. or higher. Moreover, as for the said glass transition temperature, 58 degreeC or more is more preferable.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • 58 degreeC or more is more preferable.
  • the glass transition temperature of the resin (B) in the surface layer is within each of the above preferable ranges, the peeling power is further reduced and the heat resistance is improved.
  • the resin (B) is a polyester resin having a glass transition temperature in each of the preferable ranges, the above tendency is strong. 100 degreeC or less is preferable, as for the glass transition temperature of the said resin (B) in a surface layer, 90 degrees C or less is more preferable, 80 degrees C or less is further more preferable, and 70 degrees C or less is especially preferable.
  • the content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is not limited, but from the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance, the resin (A) constituting the surface layer and
  • the total amount of the resin (B) is 100 parts by mass, preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and 20 parts by mass or more It is even more preferable, particularly preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 40 parts by mass or more.
  • the total amount of the resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer is 100 parts by mass, preferably less than 50 parts by mass, more preferably 48 parts by mass or less, and 45 parts by mass or less Is more preferred.
  • that the content of the resin (B) is less than 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the resin (A) and the resin (B) means that the mass part of the resin (B) is M A , and in a case where the parts by weight of the resin (B) was M B, 1 ⁇ it is synonymous with an M a / M B.
  • the content of the resin (B) is not more than 48 parts by mass is 1.083 ⁇ M A / M B, is not more than 45 parts by 1.222 ⁇ M A / Being M 3 B and being 3 parts by mass or more are synonymous with M A / M B ⁇ 32.333, respectively.
  • the content of the resin (B) is less than 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the resin (A) and the resin (B)
  • the peeling power can be reduced and the heat resistance can be further improved.
  • the difference in peel force after heating and before heating is very small, and the residual adhesion rate is also excellent.
  • the resin component that forms the surface layer preferably contains a crosslinking agent (D) together with the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B).
  • the crosslinking agent (D) has a function of crosslinking the modified acrylic resins (A), the resins (B), or the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B).
  • the crosslinking agent (D) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
  • the crosslinking agent (D) is not limited, for example, polyfunctional amino compounds, isocyanate compounds (including monoisocyanate, diisocyanate, polyfunctional isocyanate etc.), polyfunctional epoxy compounds, polyfunctional compounds, etc. It is preferably a functional metal compound or a dialdehyde.
  • the crosslinking agent (D) is preferably a polyfunctional amino compound, more preferably a melamine compound.
  • the melamine compound is particularly preferably a melamine compound having a structure in which all hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with at least one of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group.
  • the above-mentioned particularly preferable melamine compound has at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group as a substituent of the amino group.
  • the above-mentioned particularly preferred melamine compound has a structural unit in which three amino groups are bonded to a triazine ring, and in the second embodiment, a total of six substituents bonded to three amino groups are And at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group, and it can be said that it does not have any other substituent such as a hydrogen atom.
  • the above-mentioned particularly preferred melamine compound can be represented by the above general formula (IV).
  • the description of the melamine compound represented by the general formula (IV) is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
  • the melamine compound particularly preferred from the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance is at least one of six substituents R in the general formula (IV). It is preferable that it is an alkoxy alkyl group, It is more preferable that 3 or more are alkoxy alkyl groups, It is especially preferable that all 6 are alkoxy alkyl groups.
  • the number of alkanol groups is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and still more preferably 0.
  • all of the substituents R of the amino group having three bonds per constitutional unit are either a methoxymethyl group or a methylol group, and
  • the melamine compound in which at least one of the substituents R is a methylol group is a preferred embodiment.
  • the carbon number of the alkoxyalkyl group is preferably 2 to 5, and more preferably 2.
  • Preferred specific examples of the alkoxyalkyl group include propoxymethyl group, ethoxymethyl group, methoxymethyl group and the like, and among these, methoxymethyl group is particularly preferable.
  • the carbon number of the alkanol group is preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1.
  • Specific preferred examples of the alkanol group include propanol group (3-hydroxypropyl group), ethylol group (2-hydroxyethyl group), methylol group (hydroxymethyl group) and the like, and among these, methylol group is particularly preferable.
  • the average n amount number of the melamine compound is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
  • the melamine compound is particularly preferably a compound represented by the general formula (V) from the viewpoint of reducing the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance.
  • the description of the melamine compound represented by the general formula (V) is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
  • the resin component forming the surface layer may contain another crosslinking agent different from the above-mentioned melamine compound particularly preferred as the crosslinking agent (D).
  • the crosslinking agent contained in the resin component is preferably only the melamine compound particularly preferred as the crosslinking agent (D).
  • crosslinking agents include, but are not limited to, for example, polyfunctional amino compounds different from the above-mentioned particularly preferred melamine compounds, isocyanate compounds (including monoisocyanate, diisocyanate, polyfunctional isocyanate etc.), polyfunctional Epoxy compounds, polyfunctional metal compounds or dialdehydes may be mentioned.
  • polyfunctional amino compound different from the above-mentioned particularly preferable melamine compound examples include urea compounds, benzoguanamine compounds, diamines and the like. Specific examples of these polyfunctional amino compounds are the same as the specific examples described in the first embodiment.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent (D) makes the peeling force light and further improves the heat resistance
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) and the modified acrylic resin (A) It is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, more preferably 4 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 5 parts by mass or more with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (B) different from.
  • each of the surface layer and the base material layer may further contain at least one additive as necessary, in addition to the resin component as the main component.
  • the description of the additive is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
  • the surface layer does not substantially contain a silicone compound so as not to adversely affect the electrical parts and the like.
  • substantially free of silicone compound means that the amount of silicone compound is preferably 500 ⁇ g / g or less, more preferably 100 ⁇ g / g or less.
  • the thickness of the surface layer of the second embodiment is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or more, and still more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, from the viewpoint of easily enhancing the releasability. Preferably, it is 0.18 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the surface layer is preferably 3 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1.5 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 1 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of transfer of the polymer component to the base layer. The thickness of the surface layer is observed using the same method as in the first embodiment, and specifically measured by the method described in the examples.
  • the surface layer can be formed by laminating the resin component that forms the surface layer on the base material layer.
  • the preferable aspect of the method of producing the surface layer of the second embodiment is the same as that of the first embodiment.
  • the releasable film of the second embodiment may or may not be stretched as in the first embodiment, but the surface layer is not stretched from the viewpoint of easily obtaining good light releasability. Is preferred.
  • the surface of the peelable film may be provided with a fine surface roughness for improving the winding suitability, as long as there is no hindrance to bonding in the case of using as a peelable film.
  • Various well-known roughening methods can be adopted as a method of providing fine irregularities on the surface of the peelable film, as in the first embodiment.
  • the peelable film of the second embodiment has a very light T-peel peel force (very low).
  • the T-peel peel force of the peelable film of the second embodiment is preferably 0.01 N / 25 mm or more, more preferably 0.02 N / 25 mm. Or more, more preferably 0.05 N / 25 mm or more.
  • the T-peel peel force of the peelable film of the second embodiment is preferably 0.40 N / 25 mm or less, more preferably 0.30 N / 25 mm or less from the viewpoint of easily enhancing the peelability.
  • the T-peel peeling force of the peelable film is measured by the method described in the first embodiment.
  • the preferable range of T shape peel force after the heating of the peelable film of 2nd Embodiment mentioned later is the same as each preferable range of the said T shape peel force before the said heating.
  • the post-heating T-peel peeling force of the peelable film of the second embodiment has a small difference from the pre-heating T-peel peeling force ((T-peel peeling force after heating))-(before heating)
  • the value of T-peel peeling force) is preferably -0.20 to +0.20, more preferably -0.10 to +0.10, still more preferably -0.08 to +0.05, and -0.04 to +0.02 is particularly preferred.
  • the post-heating T-peel peeling force of the peelable film is measured by the method described in the first embodiment.
  • the peelable film of the second embodiment has excellent peelability and is excellent as a peelable film in order to maintain the above-mentioned good peelability even after being heat-treated.
  • the peelable film of the second embodiment can be widely used in the same applications and methods as described in the first embodiment, such as in the industrial field and the medical field.
  • Examples 1A to 15A are specific examples of the first embodiment
  • Examples 1B to 4B are specific examples of the second embodiment.
  • a part and% show a "mass part” and “mass%”, respectively.
  • the thickness of the peelable film and the base material layer was measured according to JIS C-2151 using a micrometer (JIS B-7502).
  • X-ray electron spectroscopy (XPS) analysis The XPS analysis is carried out while shaving the surface layer from the outermost surface side by Ar ion sputtering, and the position relative to the total element content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the surface layer of the peelable film toward the base material layer
  • M c5 (atomic%) of the carbon content present in was measured under the following conditions.
  • Measuring instrument X-ray electron spectroscopy (XPS) measuring instrument ESCA LAB 250 (made by Thermo VG scientific) Measurement mode: Monochromator, X-ray source: Al, measurement area: 500 ⁇ m ⁇ Measuring element: carbon (C)
  • the conditions for sputtering were as follows. Irradiated ion: Argon (Ar), Current value: 2.5 ( ⁇ A), Voltage: 120 (V), Sputtering rate: 0.1 (nm / sec)
  • XPS depth direction analysis The XPS analysis is carried out while shaving the surface layer from the outermost surface side by Ar ion sputtering, and the content of carbon with respect to the total element content existing at a depth of 40 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer to the base material layer.
  • the quantitative ratio MC40 (atomic%) was measured.
  • the measurement conditions of XPS are the same as the measurement conditions of the above-mentioned MC5 .
  • T-peel peeling force A 50 mm wide ⁇ 200 mm long polyester adhesive tape (Nitto Denko Corporation NO. 31 B tape, acrylic adhesive) is attached to the surface of the film on the surface layer side of the peelable film by reciprocating a 2 kg roller twice. Obtained the pre-treatment patch. Next, a weight was placed on the patch so as to give a load of 5 KPa, and left to stand at 70 ° C. under an environment of 50% humidity for 20 hours. Next, under the environment of room temperature, each obtained treated patch was cut into a 25 mm width and used as a measurement sample, using a peel tester (Menpea Co., Ltd. universal tensile tester Technograph TGI-1kN).
  • T-peel peeling test was conducted at a speed of 1000 mm / min, and the peeling force at that time was measured. The measurement was performed three times, and the average value was used as the T-peel peeling force (T-peel peeling force before heating) of each peelable film. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • T-peel peeling force after heating A 50 mm wide ⁇ 200 mm long polyester adhesive tape (Nitto Denko Corporation NO. 31 B tape, acrylic adhesive) is attached to the surface of the film on the surface layer side of the peelable film by reciprocating a 2 kg roller twice. Obtained the pre-treatment patch.
  • the patch was heat-treated at 160 ° C. for 90 seconds.
  • a hot air drier was used.
  • the heat treatment at 160 ° C. for 90 seconds means that the patch was placed in a hot air dryer set at 160 ° C.
  • a weight was placed on the patch so as to give a load of 5 KPa, and left to stand at 70 ° C. under an environment of 50% humidity for 20 hours.
  • T-peel peeling force after heating was obtained by the same method as the measurement method and calculation method of T-peel peel force in the above-mentioned [T-peel peel force]. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • T-peel peeling force instead of the film surface on the surface layer side of the peelable film, a Teflon (registered trademark) sheet (Skybed tape MSF-100 made by Chukoh Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. 100 ⁇ m thick)
  • a Teflon (registered trademark) sheet Skybed tape MSF-100 made by Chukoh Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. 100 ⁇ m thick
  • a T-peel peel test is conducted in the same manner, except that the polyester adhesive tape is attached to the surface, and the polyester adhesive tape after peeling according to the peel test is a 2 kg roller on a stainless steel plate (SUS plate). It stuck by making 2 reciprocations.
  • the residual adhesion ratio is preferably 84% or more, more preferably 87% or more, still more preferably 90% or more, and 93% or more. More preferably, 97% or more is particularly preferable.
  • the residual adhesion rate may be 100%.
  • Example 1A 99 parts by mass of lauryl acrylate (LA) as monomer a and 1 part by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) as monomer b in a 1 liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen introducing pipe, a thermometer and a cooling pipe Then, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), 100 parts by mass of toluene, and 100 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added as a polymerization initiator. Next, in the flask, a polymerization reaction is performed at 80 ° C.
  • LA lauryl acrylate
  • HSA 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate
  • modified acrylic resin (A) modified acrylic resin-containing solution (solid content: 30% by mass) was obtained.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the obtained modified acrylic resin (A) was 10.5 ⁇ 10 4 .
  • polyester resin ⁇ which is a resin (B), Byron (registered trademark) M802 (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight (Mn): 3 ⁇ 10 3 , hydroxyl value: 37 mg KOH / g solid content 70 mass%), Nikarak (registered trademark) MW-30 MLF (manufactured by Nippon Carbide Industries Co., Ltd., average 1.3-mer 98% by mass) as a melamine crosslinking agent (D) represented by the general formula (V) (type F described later), acid As a catalyst (E), a dryer 900 (50 mass% of para-toluenesulfonic acid manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) was prepared.
  • a resin (B) Byron (registered trademark) M802 (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight (Mn): 3 ⁇ 10 3 , hydroxyl value: 37
  • a modified acrylic resin (A) -containing solution, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a melamine crosslinking agent (D), toluene: methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) 30: 70 (mass ratio)
  • the acid catalyst (E) was further mixed and stirred after being mixed with the mixed solvent of and stirred.
  • the modified acrylic resin (A) -containing solution, the resin (B), the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and the acid catalyst (E) 56 mass of the modified acrylic resin (A) in terms of solid content.
  • Example 1A which has a base material layer and a surface layer (thickness of surface layer: 0.2 micrometer) was obtained.
  • Example 2A About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 56 mass parts of said modified acrylic resin (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively 44 parts by mass of polyester resin, 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent, and 1.1 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to give a coating liquid 2 (solid content: 2.8% by mass, acid catalyst A concentration of 0.03% by mass was obtained. Moreover, about the said coating liquid 2, it coated on the base material layer so that the thickness after drying might be 0.1 micrometer. About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 2A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
  • Example 3A About the said denatured acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), a melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 75 mass parts of said denatured acrylic resin (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively 25 parts by mass of polyester resin, 6 parts by mass of the melamine cross-linking agent, and 0.7 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to give a coating liquid 3 (solid content concentration 4.4 mass%, acid catalyst A concentration of 0.03% by mass was obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 3A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
  • Example 4A About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), a melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 95 mass parts of said modified acrylic resins (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively 5 parts by mass of polyester resin, 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent, and 0.7 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to give a coating liquid 4 (solid content concentration 4.4% by mass, acid catalyst A concentration of 0.03% by mass was obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 4A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
  • Example 5A About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 32 mass parts of said modified acrylic resin (A), respectively in conversion of solid content, 68 parts by mass of a polyester resin, 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent, and 0.7 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to give a coating liquid 5 (solid content concentration 4.4% by mass, acid catalyst A concentration of 0.03% by mass was obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 5A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
  • Example 6A The amount of the azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) used and the temperature at the time of the polymerization reaction were changed such that the weight average molecular weight of the modified acrylic resin (A) was 8.1 ⁇ 10 4 . About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 6A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • Example 7A The amount of the azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) used and the temperature at the time of the polymerization reaction were changed such that the weight average molecular weight of the modified acrylic resin (A) was 5.8 ⁇ 10 4 . About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 7A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • Example 8A The amount of the azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) used and the temperature at the time of the polymerization reaction were changed so that the weight average molecular weight of the modified acrylic resin (A) was 13.0 ⁇ 10 4 . About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 8A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • Example 9A 99.5 parts by mass of lauryl acrylate (LA) as monomer a, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) as monomer b in a 1-liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen introducing tube, a thermometer and a cooling tube .5 parts by mass, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) as an initiator, 100 parts by mass of toluene, and 100 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added. Next, in the flask, a polymerization reaction is carried out at 80 ° C.
  • LA lauryl acrylate
  • HSA 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • Example 9A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
  • Example 10A 98.0 parts by mass of lauryl acrylate (LA) as monomer a and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) 2 as monomer b in a 1-liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen introducing pipe, a thermometer and a cooling pipe .0 parts by mass, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) as an initiator, 100 parts by mass of toluene, and 100 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added. Next, in the flask, a polymerization reaction is carried out at 80 ° C.
  • LA lauryl acrylate
  • HSA 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate
  • Example 10A A containing solution (solid content: 30% by mass) was obtained.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the obtained modified acrylic resin (A) was 10.3 ⁇ 10 4 .
  • the peelable film of Example 10A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
  • Example 11A In a 1-liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen introducing pipe, a thermometer and a cooling pipe, 99.0 parts by mass of isodecyl acrylate (IDAA) as a monomer a, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) as a monomer b 1.0 parts by mass, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) as an initiator, 100 parts by mass of toluene, and 100 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added. Next, in the flask, a polymerization reaction is carried out at 80 ° C.
  • IDA isodecyl acrylate
  • HOA 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • Example 11A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
  • Example 12A In a 1-liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen introducing pipe, a thermometer and a cooling pipe, 99.0 parts by mass of stearyl acrylate (STA) as a monomer a, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) 1 as a monomer b .0 parts by mass, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) as an initiator, 100 parts by mass of toluene, and 100 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added. Next, in the flask, a polymerization reaction is carried out at 80 ° C.
  • STA stearyl acrylate
  • HOA 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate
  • AIBN azobisisobutyronitrile
  • Example 12A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
  • the peelable film of Example 13A was obtained in the same manner as Example 1A except for the above.
  • Example 14A As polyester resin which is resin (B), instead of polyester resin ⁇ (Vyron (registered trademark) M802), polyester resin ⁇ (Vyron (registered trademark) 20 SS (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight (Mn): 17 ⁇ A peelable film of Example 14A was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1A except that 10 3 , hydroxyl value: 6 mg KOH / g, solid content: 30% by mass) was used.
  • Example 15A 99 parts by mass of lauryl acrylate (LA) as monomer a and 1 part by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) as monomer b in a 1 liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen introducing pipe, a thermometer and a cooling pipe Then, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), 100 parts by mass of toluene, and 100 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added as an initiator. Next, in the flask, a polymerization reaction is carried out at 80 ° C.
  • LA lauryl acrylate
  • HSA 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate
  • modified acrylic resin ( A) A containing solution (solid content: 30% by mass) was obtained.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the obtained modified acrylic resin (A) was 10.5 ⁇ 10 4 .
  • polyester resin ⁇ (VYLON (registered trademark) M802 (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight (Mn): 3 ⁇ 10 3 , hydroxyl value: 37 mg KOH /) g Solids 70% by mass))
  • Type M (described below as melamine crosslinker (D) (all of the substituents R of the amino group bound to three per constitutional unit are either methoxymethyl or methylol) Nicarak® MS-11 (a registered trademark of Nippon Carbide Industries Co., Ltd., average 1.8-mer 60 mass%) which is a melamine compound having one or more of the substituents R being a methylol group, and an acid
  • a catalyst (E) a dryer 900 (50 mass% of p-toluenesulfonic acid manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) was prepared.
  • each of the modified acrylic resin (A) -containing solution, the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and the acid catalyst (E) is respectively converted to solid content, 56 parts by mass of the modified acrylic resin (A), 44 parts by mass of the polyester resin, 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent, and 1.2 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) were mixed and stirred. Thereby, the coating liquid 6 with a solid content concentration of 2.8% by mass and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.05% by mass was obtained.
  • Example 15A which has a base material layer and a surface layer (thickness of surface layer: 0.1 micrometer) was obtained.
  • Comparative Example 1A As the melamine cross-linking agent (D), all of the substituents R of the type IM described later (three bonded amino groups per constitutional unit are either a methoxymethyl group, a methylol group or a hydrogen atom, and Nikalac (registered trademark) MX-750 (manufactured by Nippon Carbide Industries Co., Ltd.), which is a melamine compound wherein one or more of the substituents R is a methylol group and one or more of the substituents R is a hydrogen atom An average of 2.2 monomers (80% by mass) was used. About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 1A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
  • Comparative Example 2A As the melamine crosslinking agent (D), Nicalac (registered trademark) MS-001 (manufactured by Nippon Carbide Industries Co., Ltd., average: 5.7% by mass, 60% by mass) which is type IM described later was used. About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 2A was obtained by performing the same operation as in Example 1A.
  • Comparative Example 3A Nicalac® MX-750 was used instead of melamine crosslinker (D). About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 4A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 15A.
  • Comparative Example 4A Nicalac® MS-001 was used instead of the melamine crosslinker (D). About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 5A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 15A.
  • Comparative Example 5A The modified acrylic resin (A) -containing solution, the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and the acid catalyst (E), in terms of solid content, the modified acrylic resin 32 parts by mass of the resin (A), 68 parts by mass of the polyester resin, 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent, and 0.7 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) A partial concentration of 4.4% by mass and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.03% by mass were obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 5A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 15A.
  • the substitution type of an amino group is as follows.
  • the "substituent of an amino group” described below means the group by which the hydrogen atom of amino groups was substituted, and points out R in the said Formula (IV).
  • the group R is a group directly bonded to the nitrogen atom of amino groups.
  • Type F a melamine compound (general formula (V)) in which all of the substituents R of the amino group having three bonds per constitutional unit (the total of three substituents R in total of three amino groups) is a methoxymethyl group Melamine compounds represented).
  • Type M all of the substituents R of the amino group bound to three per structural unit are either a methoxymethyl group or a methylol group, and at least one of the substituents R is a methylol group Melamine compound.
  • Type IM all of the substituents R of the amino group having three bonds per constitutional unit are any of a methoxymethyl group, a methylol group or a hydrogen atom, and at least one of the substituents R is a methylol A melamine compound which is a group, and at least one of the substituents R is a hydrogen atom.
  • the peelable films of Examples 1A to 15A had a very small difference in peel force after heating and before heating, and were also excellent in residual adhesion rate. Furthermore, the peelable films of Examples 1A to 15A have low T-peel peeling force (before heating) and low T-peel peeling force after heating. Therefore, the film according to the first embodiment including Examples 1A to 15A is used particularly in the process of manufacturing an electronic component or an electronic substrate, or in the process of manufacturing a thermosetting resin member such as fiber reinforced plastic. It can be suitably used as a release film or the like.
  • Example 1B 99 parts by mass of lauryl acrylate (LA) as monomer a and 1 part by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) as monomer b in a 1 liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen introducing pipe, a thermometer and a cooling pipe Then, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), 100 parts by mass of toluene, and 100 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added as a polymerization initiator. Next, in the flask, a polymerization reaction is performed at 80 ° C.
  • LA lauryl acrylate
  • HSA 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate
  • modified acrylic resin ( A) A containing solution (solid content: 30% by mass) was obtained.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the obtained modified acrylic resin (A) was 10.5 ⁇ 10 4 .
  • VYLON (registered trademark) M802 manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight (Mn): 3 ⁇ 10 3 , hydroxyl value: 37 mg K
  • An octamer (60% by mass) and a dryer 900 (50% by mass of p-toluenesulfonic acid manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) were prepared as an acid catalyst (E).
  • a modified acrylic resin (A) -containing solution, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a melamine crosslinking agent (D), toluene: methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) 30: 70 (mass ratio)
  • MEK melamine crosslinking agent
  • each of the modified acrylic resin (A) -containing solution, the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and the acid catalyst (E) is respectively converted to solid content, 56 parts by mass of the modified acrylic resin (A), 44 parts by mass of the polyester resin, 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent, and 1.2 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) were mixed and stirred. Thereby, the coating liquid 1 of solid content concentration 4.4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration 0.05 mass% was obtained.
  • Example 1 B which has a base material layer and a surface layer (thickness of surface layer: 0.2 micrometer) was obtained.
  • Example 2B About the said denatured acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), a melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 75 mass parts of said denatured acrylic resin (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively 25 parts by mass of the polyester resin (B), 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and 1.1 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to obtain a coating liquid 2 (solids concentration 4. 4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.05 mass% were obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 2B was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1B.
  • Example 3B About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), a melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 95 mass parts of said modified acrylic resins (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively It mixes so that it may become 5 mass parts of polyester resin (B), 6 mass parts of said melamine crosslinking agents (D), and 1.2 mass parts of said acid catalysts (E), it stirs, and coating liquid 3 (solid content concentration 4. 4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.05 mass% were obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 3B was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1B.
  • a peelable film of Example 4B was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1B, except that a solid content of 60% by mass was used.
  • Comparative Example 1B About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 32 mass parts of said modified acrylic resin (A), respectively in conversion of solid content, It mixes so that it may become 68 mass parts of polyester resin (B), 6 mass parts of the said melamine crosslinking agents (D), and 1.2 mass parts of the said acid catalysts (E), it stirs, and coating liquid 4 (solid content concentration 4. 4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.05 mass% were obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 1B was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1B.
  • Comparative Example 2B About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 10 mass parts of said modified acrylic resin (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively 90 parts by mass of the polyester resin (B), 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and 1.2 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to give a coating solution 5 (solids concentration 4. 4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.05 mass% were obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 2B was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1B.
  • Comparative Example 3B About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 0 mass parts of said modified acrylic resin (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively 100 parts by mass of the polyester resin (B), 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and 1.2 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to give a coating solution 6 (solids concentration 4. 4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.05 mass% were obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 3B was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1B.
  • Comparative Example 4B About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 46 mass parts of said modified acrylic resin (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively 54 parts by mass of the polyester resin (B), 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and 1.2 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to obtain a coating solution 7 (solids concentration 4. 4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.05 mass% were obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 4B was obtained by performing the same operation as in Example 1B.
  • M C5 is the ratio of the content of carbon to the total element content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer to the substrate layer
  • M C5 is also simply referred to as the carbon element ratio at a depth of 5 nm
  • M C40 is the carbon relative to the total element content present at a depth of 40 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer to the base layer.
  • the ratio of the content of C 40 is simply referred to as the carbon element ratio at a depth of 40 nm.
  • the peelable films of Examples 1B to 4B have low T-peel peeling force (before heating) and low T-peel peeling force after heating. Furthermore, it was found that the peelable films of Examples 1B to 4B had a very small difference in peel force after heating and before heating, and were also excellent in residual adhesion rate. Therefore, the film according to the second embodiment including the examples 1B to 4B is used particularly in the process of manufacturing an electronic component or an electronic substrate, or in the process of manufacturing a thermosetting resin member such as fiber reinforced plastic. It can be suitably used as a release film or the like.

Abstract

Provided is a releasable film having a surface layer formed on a base layer, wherein a component contained therein rarely migrates into an object and the difference in release power before and after heating is small. A releasable film having a surface layer formed on a base layer, wherein the main component composing the surface layer is a resin component, the resin component contains a modified acrylic resin (A) that has an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group, a resin (B) that is different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a cross-linking agent (D), the modified acrylic resin (A) contains at least a structural unit represented by general formula (I) (wherein R1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom; and R2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms), and the cross-linking agent (D) is a melamine compound having a structure such that each of hydrogen atoms in an amino group is substituted by an alkoxy alkyl group and/or an alkanol group.

Description

剥離性フィルムPeelable film
 本発明は、剥離性フィルム及びその製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a peelable film and a method of manufacturing the same.
 電子部品、電子基板などの製造工程や、繊維強化プラスチック等の熱硬化性樹脂部材の製造工程などの工業分野、さらには湿布、絆創膏などの医療分野などにおいて、剥離性フィルムが使用されている。 Peelable films are used in industrial fields such as production processes of electronic parts and electronic substrates, and production processes of thermosetting resin members such as fiber reinforced plastics, and further in medical fields such as wet cloths and bandages.
 このような剥離性フィルムとしては、例えば、表面保護フィルムや粘着テープなどとして使用されるものや、剥離ライナー、セパレータフィルムなどとして使用されるもの、半導体製品の製造工程(ダイシング、ダイボンディング、バックグラインドなど)で使用されるセパレータ、セラミックコンデンサ製造時の未焼成シート形成用キャリアーや複合材料製造時のキャリアー、保護材のセパレータフィルムなど様々なものが知られている。 As such a peelable film, for example, one used as a surface protective film or an adhesive tape, one used as a release liner, a separator film, etc., a manufacturing process of a semiconductor product (dicing, die bonding, back grinding And the like, carriers for forming unsintered sheets at the time of producing ceramic capacitors, carriers at the time of producing composite materials, separator films of protective materials, and the like are known.
 例えばシリコーン系剥離性フィルムは、耐候性、耐熱性、耐寒性、耐薬品性、及び電気絶縁性に優れており、剥離性フィルムとして広く用いられている。しかしながら、シリコーン系剥離性フィルムを使用する際、当該フィルムに貼られる物品にシリコーンが転写(移行)してしまう場合がある(この問題をシリコーン移行の問題ともいう)。そこで、シリコーン系剥離性フィルム中のシリコーンの組成を改良したり、シリコーン使用量を極力抑えたり、またはシリコーンを使わないことが検討されてきた。例えば、特許文献1では、ヒドロキシ基含有長鎖アルキルポリマーを用いた剥離フィルムが提案されている。 For example, silicone-based peelable films are excellent in weather resistance, heat resistance, cold resistance, chemical resistance, and electrical insulation, and are widely used as peelable films. However, when using a silicone-based peelable film, silicone may be transferred (migrated) to an article to be attached to the film (this problem is also referred to as a silicone migration problem). Therefore, it has been studied to improve the composition of silicone in the silicone-based releasable film, to minimize the amount of silicone used, or not to use silicone. For example, Patent Document 1 proposes a release film using a hydroxy group-containing long chain alkyl polymer.
特開2015-030795号公報Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2015-030795
 しかしながら、特許文献1に記載された剥離フィルムは、加熱前後の剥離力の差が大きいため、耐熱性が不十分である。一例として、剥離フィルムをセラミックコンデンサ製造時の未焼成シート形成用キャリアーとして用いる場合について説明する。前記未焼成シートを作製するためには、剥離フィルムの上に塗工層を設けて乾燥させる。加熱前後の剥離力の差が大きいために耐熱性が不十分であると、前記未焼成シートは、前記乾燥を行った後にその乾燥の熱によって、不意に剥離フィルムから剥がれにくくなる。剥離フィルム次第では、前記未焼成シートは、不意に剥離フィルムから剥がれにくくなるだけでなく、不意に剥離フィルムから剥がれてしまうことも考えられる。このような問題があるため、当該剥離フィルムは、シリコーン系剥離フィルムの代替フィルムとして使用することは困難である。 However, since the peeling film described in Patent Document 1 has a large difference in peeling force before and after heating, the heat resistance is insufficient. As an example, the case where a peeling film is used as a carrier for forming an unfired sheet at the time of producing a ceramic capacitor will be described. In order to produce the said unbaked sheet, a coating layer is provided on a peeling film and it is made to dry. If the heat resistance is insufficient because the difference in peel strength before and after heating is large, the unbaked sheet is unlikely to be suddenly peeled from the peel film by the heat of drying after the drying. Depending on the release film, the unbaked sheet may not only be unexpectedly difficult to be removed from the release film, but it may be considered that the unbaked sheet may be unexpectedly removed from the release film. Because of these problems, the release film is difficult to use as a substitute film for silicone-based release films.
 また、シリコーン系剥離性フィルムによるシリコーン移行の問題と同様、剥離性フィルムの成分が物品の表面に移行し、剥離性フィルムを物品から剥離した後、物品の表面に剥離性フィルムの成分が残留すると、物品の表面が汚染されるという問題がある。物品表面の残留成分は、当該物品表面を汚染するだけでなく、その後に当該物品と接触した他の物品の表面の汚染にも繋がるため、特に、電子部品、電子基板などの精密機器の製造工程に使用される剥離性フィルムには、剥離性フィルムの成分が物品に移行し難い性能が要求される。 Also, similar to the problem of silicone migration by the silicone-based peelable film, when the components of the peelable film migrate to the surface of the article and peel the peelable film from the article, the components of the peelable film remain on the surface of the article There is a problem that the surface of the article is contaminated. The residual components of the surface of the article not only contaminate the surface of the article but also lead to the contamination of the surface of other articles which are subsequently in contact with the article, and in particular, the manufacturing process of precision devices such as electronic components and electronic substrates The releasable film to be used for the above is required to have a performance that makes it difficult for the components of the releasable film to transfer to the article.
 このような状況下、第1の実施形態本発明は、剥離性フィルムの成分が物品に移行し難く、加熱前後の剥離力の差が小さい剥離性フィルムを提供することを主な目的とする。 Under such circumstances, the main object of the present invention is to provide a peelable film in which the components of the peelable film are less likely to transfer to the article and the difference in peel force before and after heating is small.
 また、特許文献1に記載された剥離フィルムは、剥離力が大きく、しかも耐熱性が不十分である。そこで、剥離力が軽いという良好な剥離性を有すると共に、耐熱性に優れる(熱処理された後においても上記良好な剥離性を維持する)剥離性フィルムがなお求められている。 Moreover, the peeling film described in patent document 1 has large peeling force, and heat resistance is inadequate. Therefore, there is still a need for a peelable film that has good peelability that the peel strength is light and that is excellent in heat resistance (maintaining the above-mentioned good peelability even after heat treatment).
 第2の実施形態の課題は、剥離力が軽いという良好な剥離性を有すると共に、耐熱性に優れる剥離性フィルムを提供することである。 An object of the second embodiment is to provide a peelable film excellent in heat resistance, as well as having good peelability that the peel force is light.
 本発明者らは、第1の実施形態の前記課題を解決すべく鋭意検討を行った。その結果、基材層上に表面層を有する剥離性フィルムであって、表面層を形成する主成分が樹脂成分であり、当該樹脂成分は、アルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)と、架橋剤(D)とを含み、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、少なくとも、下記一般式(I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(前記一般式(I)において、R1は、メチル基又は水素原子を示し、R2は、炭素数10~18のアルキル基を示す。)
で表される構成単位を含んでおり、架橋剤(D)は、アミノ基の水素原子が全てアルコキシアルキル基及びアルカノール基の少なくとも一方で置換された構造を有しているメラミン化合物である剥離性フィルムは、剥離性フィルムの成分が物品に移行し難く、加熱前後の剥離力の差が小さいことを見出した。第1の実施形態は、かかる知見に基づいてさらに検討を重ねることにより完成したものである。
The present inventors diligently studied to solve the above-described problem of the first embodiment. As a result, it is a peelable film having a surface layer on a base material layer, wherein the main component forming the surface layer is a resin component, and the resin component is a modified acrylic resin having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group. (A), a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D), and the modified acrylic resin (A) contains at least the following general formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(In the above general formula (I), R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms.)
And the crosslinker (D) is a melamine compound having a structure in which all hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with at least one of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group. It was found that the film was difficult to transfer the components of the peelable film to the article, and the difference in peel force before and after heating was small. The first embodiment is completed by further studying based on such findings.
 すなわち、第1の実施形態には、以下のものが含まれる。
[1] 基材層上に表面層を有する剥離性フィルムであって、
 前記表面層を形成する主成分が樹脂成分であり、
 前記樹脂成分は、アルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)と、架橋剤(D)とを含み、
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、少なくとも、下記一般式(I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(前記一般式(I)において、R1は、メチル基又は水素原子を示し、R2は、炭素数10~18のアルキル基を示す。)
で表される構成単位を含んでおり、
 前記架橋剤(D)は、アミノ基の水素原子が全てアルコキシアルキル基及びアルカノール基の少なくとも一方で置換された構造を有しているメラミン化合物である、剥離性フィルム。
[2] 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、下記一般式(II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
[前記一般式(II)において、Raは、メチル基又は水素原子を示し、Rbは、-CH2CH2OH、-CH2-CHOH-CH3、-CH2CH2CH2OH、-CH2-CHOH-CH2CH3、-CH2CH2-CHOH-CH3、又は-CH2CH2CH2CH2OHを示す。]
で表される構成単位を含んでいる、項1に記載の剥離性フィルム。
[3] 変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量が、5×104~15×104である、項1又は2に記載の剥離性フィルム。
[4] 前記表面層中の前記樹脂(B)の含有量は、前記表面層を構成する前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と前記樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として、2質量部以上である、項1~3のいずれかに記載の剥離性フィルム。
[5] 前記表面層中の前記樹脂(B)の含有量は、前記表面層を構成する前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と前記樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として、50質量部未満である、項1~4のいずれかに記載の剥離性フィルム。
[6] 前記アルコキシアルキル基は、炭素数が2~5であり、前記アルカノール基は、炭素数が1~3である、項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の剥離性フィルム。
[7] 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)は、ポリエステル樹脂及びアクリル樹脂からなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種である、項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の剥離性フィルム。
[8] 基材層上に表面層を有する剥離性フィルムの製造方法であって、
 前記基材層上に、前記表面層を形成する工程を備えており、
 前記表面層を形成する主成分が樹脂成分であり、
 前記樹脂成分は、アルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)と、架橋剤(D)とを含み、
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、少なくとも、下記一般式(I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(前記一般式(I)において、R1は、メチル基又は水素原子を示し、R2は、炭素数10~18のアルキル基を示す。)
で表される構成単位を含んでおり、
 前記架橋剤(D)は、アミノ基の水素原子が全てアルコキシアルキル基及びアルカノール基の少なくとも一方で置換された構造を有しているメラミン化合物である、剥離フィルムの製造方法。
That is, the following are included in the first embodiment.
[1] A peelable film having a surface layer on a substrate layer,
The main component forming the surface layer is a resin component,
The resin component includes a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D).
The modified acrylic resin (A) has at least the following general formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
(In the above general formula (I), R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms.)
Contains the constitutional unit represented by
The crosslinkable agent (D) is a releasable film, wherein the crosslinker (D) is a melamine compound having a structure in which all hydrogen atoms of an amino group are substituted with at least one of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group.
[2] The modified acrylic resin (A) has the following general formula (II):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
[In the above general formula (II), R a represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, R b represents -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 -CHOH-CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 -CHOH-CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 -CHOH-CH 3 , or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH is shown. ]
The peelable film of claim | item 1 containing the structural unit represented by these.
[3] The releasable film according to item 1 or 2, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the modified acrylic resin (A) is 5 × 10 4 to 15 × 10 4 .
[4] The content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is 2 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer. The peelable film according to any one of Items 1 to 3, which is
[5] The content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is less than 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer. The peelable film according to any one of Items 1 to 4, which is
[6] The peelable film according to any one of Items 1 to 5, wherein the alkoxyalkyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and the alkanol group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
[7] The resin according to any one of items 1 to 6, wherein the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A) is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyester resin and an acrylic resin. Peelable film.
[8] A method for producing a peelable film having a surface layer on a substrate layer,
Forming the surface layer on the base layer,
The main component forming the surface layer is a resin component,
The resin component includes a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D).
The modified acrylic resin (A) has at least the following general formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(In the above general formula (I), R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms.)
Contains the constitutional unit represented by
The method for producing a release film, wherein the crosslinking agent (D) is a melamine compound having a structure in which all hydrogen atoms of amino groups are substituted with at least one of alkoxyalkyl groups and alkanol groups.
 また、本発明者らは、第2の実施形態の前記課題を解決すべく鋭意検討を行った。その結果、基材層上に表面層を有する剥離性フィルムであって、前記表面層中の最表面から基材層に向けて垂直に深さ5nmの位置に存在する全元素含有量に対する炭素の含有量比MC5(atomic%)が98以上である、剥離性フィルムは、良好な剥離性を有する(即ち剥離力が軽い)とともに、耐熱性に優れることを見出した。第2の実施形態は、かかる知見に基づいてさらに検討を重ねることにより完成したものである。 In addition, the present inventors diligently studied to solve the above-mentioned problem of the second embodiment. As a result, it is a peelable film having a surface layer on a substrate layer, wherein the content of carbon relative to the total elemental content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer toward the substrate layer The peelable film having a content ratio M C5 (atomic%) of 98 or more was found to be excellent in heat resistance as well as having good peelability (that is, light in peel strength). The second embodiment is completed by further studying based on such findings.
 すなわち、第2の実施形態には、以下のものが含まれる。
[9] 基材層上に表面層を有する剥離性フィルムであって、
 前記表面層中の最表面から基材層に向けて垂直に深さ5nmの位置に存在する全元素含有量に対する炭素の含有量比MC5(atomic%)が98以上である、剥離性フィルム。
[10] 前記表面層を形成する主成分が樹脂成分であり、
 前記樹脂成分は、アルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)と、架橋剤(D)とを含み、
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、少なくとも、下記一般式(I):
That is, the second embodiment includes the following.
[9] A peelable film having a surface layer on a substrate layer,
A peelable film having a carbon content ratio MC5 (atomic%) to a total elemental content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer toward the base material layer.
[10] The main component forming the surface layer is a resin component,
The resin component includes a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D).
The modified acrylic resin (A) has at least the following general formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(前記一般式(I)において、R1は、メチル基又は水素原子を示し、R2は、炭素数10~18のアルキル基を示す。)
で表される構成単位を含む、項9に記載の剥離性フィルム。
[11] 前記表面層中の前記樹脂(B)の含有量は、前記表面層を構成する前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と前記樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として、2質量部以上である、項10に記載の剥離性フィルム。
[12] 前記表面層中の前記樹脂(B)の含有量は、前記表面層を構成する前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と前記樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として、50質量未満である、項10又は11に記載の剥離性フィルム。
[13] 前記MC5と、前記表面層中の最表面から基材層に向けて垂直に深さ40nmの位置に存在する全元素含有量に対する炭素の含有量比MC40(atomic%)との比率MC5/MC40が、1.01≦MC5/MC40≦1.10である、項9~12のいずれかに記載の剥離性フィルム。
[14] 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)は、ポリエステル樹脂及びアクリル樹脂からなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種である、項9~13のいずれか1項に記載の剥離性フィルム。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(In the above general formula (I), R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms.)
10. The peelable film according to item 9, comprising a structural unit represented by
[11] The content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is 2 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer. 11. The peelable film according to item 10.
[12] The content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is less than 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer. 12. The peelable film according to item 10 or 11.
[13] The MC 5 and the carbon content ratio MC 40 (atomic%) to the total element content present at a depth of 40 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer toward the base material layer The peelable film according to any one of Items 9 to 12, wherein the ratio M C5 / M C40 is 1.01 ≦ M C5 / M C40 ≦ 1.10.
[14] The resin according to any one of items 9 to 13, wherein the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A) is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyester resin and an acrylic resin. Peelable film.
 第1の実施形態によれば、基材層上に表面層を有する剥離性フィルムであって、剥離性フィルムの成分が物品に移行し難く、加熱前後の剥離力の差が小さい剥離性フィルムを提供することができる。 According to the first embodiment, it is a peelable film having a surface layer on a base material layer, in which the components of the peelable film are less likely to transfer to the article, and the difference in peel force before and after heating is small. Can be provided.
 第2の実施形態によれば、剥離力が軽いという良好な剥離性を有するとともに、耐熱性にも優れる剥離性フィルムを提供することができる。そのため、特に、電子部品若しくは電子基板の製造工程、又は繊維強化プラスチック等の熱硬化性樹脂部材の製造工程等に使用される剥離フィルム等として適している。 According to the second embodiment, it is possible to provide a peelable film having excellent peelability that the peel force is light and also excellent in heat resistance. Therefore, it is particularly suitable as a release film or the like used in the process of producing an electronic component or an electronic substrate, or in the process of producing a thermosetting resin member such as a fiber reinforced plastic.
 以下、まず、第1の実施形態について説明し、次に第2の実施形態について説明する。なお、第2の実施形態の説明において、第1の実施形態と重複する記載については、適宜、記載を省略する。 Hereinafter, the first embodiment will be described first, and then the second embodiment will be described. In the description of the second embodiment, the descriptions overlapping with the first embodiment will be omitted as appropriate.
<第1の実施形態>
 第1の実施形態に係る剥離性フィルムは、基材層上に表面層を有する剥離性フィルムであって、表面層を形成する主成分が樹脂成分であり、当該樹脂成分は、アルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)と、架橋剤(D)とを含み、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、少なくとも、下記一般式(I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(前記一般式(I)において、R1は、メチル基又は水素原子を示し、R2は、炭素数10~18のアルキル基を示す。)で表される構成単位(繰り返し単位)を含んでおり、架橋剤(D)は、アミノ基の水素原子が全てアルコキシアルキル基及びアルカノール基の少なくとも一方で置換された構造を有しているメラミン化合物であることを特徴としている。
First Embodiment
The releasable film according to the first embodiment is a releasable film having a surface layer on a base material layer, and the main component forming the surface layer is a resin component, and the resin component is an alkyl component and a crosslink Containing a modified acrylic resin (A) having a functional functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D), the modified acrylic resin (A) comprising at least , The following general formula (I):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(In the above general formula (I), R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms.) Containing a constitutional unit (repeating unit) The crosslinking agent (D) is characterized in that it is a melamine compound having a structure in which all hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with at least one of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group.
 第1の実施形態に係る剥離性フィルムは、このような構成を備えていることにより、剥離性フィルムの成分が物品に移行し難く、加熱前後の剥離力の差が小さいという特性を発揮する。より具体的には、(1)当該剥離性フィルムの表面層に対して対象物(被着体)を貼り付け、その後に当該表面層と当該対象物との間で剥がした場合に、剥離性フィルムの表面層に含まれる成分が、被対象物の表面に移行し難く、さらに、(2)例えば90~160℃程度といった高温に加熱される前後の剥離力の差が小さいという特性も発揮する。第1の実施形態に係る剥離性フィルムは、これらの特性を有していることから、特に、電子部品、電子基板などの製造工程、繊維強化プラスチック等の熱硬化性樹脂部材の製造工程、さらには湿布、絆創膏などの医療分野などにおいて、好適に使用し得る。第1の実施形態に係る剥離性フィルムは、上記特性だけでなく、常温における剥離力(前記した高温に加熱される前の剥離力)が低い場合、及び/又は、残留接着率に優れる場合は、前記各分野において、さらに好適に使用し得る。 By having such a configuration, the peelable film according to the first embodiment exhibits the characteristic that the components of the peelable film do not easily transfer to the article, and the difference in peel force before and after heating is small. More specifically, (1) when an object (adherend) is attached to the surface layer of the peelable film and then peeled off between the surface layer and the object, peelability The component contained in the surface layer of the film does not easily migrate to the surface of the object, and (2) it also exhibits the characteristic that the difference in peel force before and after being heated to a high temperature such as 90 to 160 ° C is small. . Since the peelable film according to the first embodiment has these characteristics, the process of producing an electronic component, an electronic substrate, etc., the process of producing a thermosetting resin member such as fiber reinforced plastic, Can be suitably used in the medical field such as poultices and bandages. The peelable film according to the first embodiment has not only the above-mentioned properties but also a low peel strength at normal temperature (peel force before being heated to the above-described high temperature) and / or excellent residual adhesion. In the above-mentioned fields, it can be further preferably used.
 以下、第1の実施形態に係る剥離性フィルムについて詳述する。なお、本明細書において、数値範囲の「~」とは、以上と以下とを意味する。即ち、α~βという表記は、α以上β以下、或いは、β以上α以下を意味し、範囲としてα及びβを含む。また、「(メタ)アクリル」とは「アクリル又はメタクリル」を意味し、他の類似するものも同様の意である。 Hereinafter, the peelable film which concerns on 1st Embodiment is explained in full detail. In the present specification, the numerical range “to” means the above and the following. That is, the notation α to β means α or more and β or less, or β or more and α or less, and includes α and β as a range. Also, "(meth) acrylic" means "acrylic or methacrylic", and other similar ones mean the same.
 第1の実施形態に係る剥離性フィルムは、基材層と、該基材層の少なくとも一方側に表面層を有する積層フィルムである。 The peelable film according to the first embodiment is a laminated film having a base material layer and a surface layer on at least one side of the base material layer.
〔基材層〕
 基材層としては、樹脂を含有する層(例:樹脂製のフィルム)の他、紙、不織布、金属箔等の薄いシートが使用できる。基材層が例えば樹脂を含有する層である場合、当該樹脂としては、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリプロピレンテレフタレート、ポリプロピレンナフタレート、ポリトリメチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート等のポリエステル系樹脂;ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等のポリオレフィン系樹脂;ポリスチレン系樹脂;トリアセチルセルロース等のアセチルセルロース系樹脂;ポリメチルメタクリレート等のアクリル系樹脂;ポリウレタン樹脂;ポリカーボネート樹脂;ポリアミド系樹脂;ポリ塩化ビニル系樹脂等を含有する層である。
[Base material layer]
As the base material layer, in addition to a layer containing a resin (example: a film made of resin), thin sheets of paper, non-woven fabric, metal foil and the like can be used. When the base material layer is a layer containing, for example, a resin, the resin may be, for example, a polyester resin such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polypropylene terephthalate, polypropylene naphthalate, polytrimethylene terephthalate, or polybutylene terephthalate. Polyolefin resins such as polyethylene and polypropylene; polystyrene resins; acetyl cellulose resins such as triacetyl cellulose; acrylic resins such as polymethyl methacrylate; polyurethane resins; polycarbonate resins; polyamide resins; polyvinyl chloride resins etc. It is a layer containing.
 基材層が樹脂を含有する層である場合、上記樹脂の1種類のみを含有してもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて含有してもよい。第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムにおける基材層は、表面層の加工適性の観点から、ポリエステル系樹脂、ポリオレフィン系樹脂及びポリスチレン系樹脂からなる群より選択された少なくとも1種を主成分として含有する層であることが好ましく、表面層との密着性(表面層と基材層との間に別の層が介在する場合には当該別の層との密着性も)という観点から、ポリエステル樹脂及びポリオレフィン系樹脂からなる群より選択された少なくとも1種を主成分として含有する層であることがより好ましい。 When the base material layer is a layer containing a resin, only one type of the above-mentioned resin may be contained, or two or more types may be contained in combination. The base material layer in the peelable film of the first embodiment contains, as a main component, at least one selected from the group consisting of polyester resins, polyolefin resins, and polystyrene resins from the viewpoint of processability of the surface layer. A polyester resin from the viewpoint of adhesion to the surface layer (also adhesion to another layer when another layer is interposed between the surface layer and the base layer), It is more preferable that the layer contains, as a main component, at least one selected from the group consisting of and polyolefin resins.
 ここで、本発明及び本明細書において、主成分とは50質量%以上含まれる成分を意味し、主成分の割合は、好ましくは70質量%以上、より好ましくは80質量%以上、さらに好ましくは90質量%以上であり、特に好ましくは95質量%以上である。なお、当該主成分の割合は、100質量%であってもよい。 Here, in the present invention and the present specification, the main component means a component contained at 50% by mass or more, and the ratio of the main component is preferably 70% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, still more preferably It is 90% by mass or more, particularly preferably 95% by mass or more. In addition, 100 mass% may be sufficient as the ratio of the said main component.
 基材層には、後述する表面層と同様、添加剤が含まれていてもよい。添加剤の種類・成分については、後述する表面層の項目で説明するものと同じであり、ここでは説明を省略する。 An additive may be contained in the base material layer similarly to the surface layer mentioned later. The types and components of the additives are the same as those described in the item of the surface layer described later, and the description thereof is omitted here.
 基材層は、無延伸フィルム、一軸延伸フィルム、及び二軸延伸フィルムのいずれにより構成される層であってもよい。加工適性、透明性及び寸法安定性の観点から、基材層は、二軸延伸フィルムにより構成される層であることが好ましい。 The base material layer may be a layer constituted of any of a non-oriented film, a uniaxially oriented film, and a biaxially oriented film. From the viewpoint of processability, transparency and dimensional stability, the base material layer is preferably a layer composed of a biaxially stretched film.
 基材層の厚みは、加工適性の観点から、好ましくは15μm以上であり、より好ましくは20μm以上である。基材層の厚みは、製品使用時のハンドリング性の観点から、好ましくは125μm以下であり、より好ましくは50μm以下である。基材層の厚みは、マイクロメーター(JIS B-7502)を用いて、JIS C-2151に準拠して測定され、具体的には実施例に記載の方法によって測定される。 The thickness of the base material layer is preferably 15 μm or more, more preferably 20 μm or more, from the viewpoint of processability. The thickness of the base material layer is preferably 125 μm or less, more preferably 50 μm or less, from the viewpoint of handling when using the product. The thickness of the base material layer is measured according to JIS C-2151 using a micrometer (JIS B-7502), and specifically, it is measured by the method described in the examples.
 基材層と、後述する表面層との密着性を高める目的で、所望により基材層の片面又は両面に表面処理を施してもよい。表面処理としては、例えば、サンドブラスト処理若しくは溶剤処理等の凹凸化処理、コロナ放電処理、プラズマ処理、クロム酸処理、火炎処理、熱風処理、又はオゾン・紫外線照射処理等の表面酸化処理等が挙げられる。 For the purpose of enhancing the adhesion between the substrate layer and the surface layer described later, one or both surfaces of the substrate layer may be subjected to surface treatment, if desired. Examples of surface treatment include surface roughening treatment such as sand blasting treatment or solvent treatment, surface treatment such as corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, chromic acid treatment, flame treatment, hot air treatment, or ozone / ultraviolet radiation treatment. .
〔表面層〕
 第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムは、基材層上に表面層を有する。表面層は、剥離性フィルムに剥離性を付与するための層である。表面層は、基材層との間に接着剤層等の各層を介して基材層の上に形成されていてもよいが、表面層の主面が基材層の主面と接するように表面層が形成されていることが好ましい。
[Surface layer]
The peelable film of the first embodiment has a surface layer on a base material layer. The surface layer is a layer for imparting releasability to the releasable film. The surface layer may be formed on the base material layer through each layer such as an adhesive layer between the base layer and the base layer, but the main surface of the surface layer is in contact with the main surface of the base material layer. Preferably, a surface layer is formed.
 表面層を形成する主成分が樹脂成分である。また、前記樹脂成分は、アルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)と、架橋剤(D)とを含む。すなわち、表面層は、樹脂成分としてアルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)、及び架橋剤(D)とを含む樹脂組成物の硬化物によって構成されている。以下、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)、及び架橋剤(D)について詳述する。 The main component forming the surface layer is a resin component. Further, the resin component contains a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D). . That is, the surface layer comprises a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group as a resin component, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D). It is comprised by the hardened | cured material of the resin composition containing. Hereinafter, the modified acrylic resin (A), the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and the crosslinking agent (D) will be described in detail.
 <変性アクリル系樹脂(A)>
 アルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、主鎖であるアクリル系樹脂に対してアルキル基を側鎖として有する樹脂である。変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、少なくとも下記一般式(I)で表される構成単位(後述の単量体aにより形成される)を含んでいる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
<Modified acrylic resin (A)>
The modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group is a resin having an alkyl group as a side chain with respect to the main chain acrylic resin. The modified acrylic resin (A) contains at least a structural unit (formed by a monomer a described below) represented by the following general formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 一般式(I)において、R1は、メチル基又は水素原子を示し、R2は、炭素数10~18のアルキル基を示す。 In the general formula (I), R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms.
 一般式(I)において、アルキル基R2の炭素数は10~18である。炭素数が9未満になると一般的に変性アクリル系樹脂(A)に離形性を発現させることが難しい。また、炭素数が18を超えると結晶性が高くなること等により剥離力が高くなり過ぎて、剥離性フィルムとしての剥離性能が劣る。変性アクリル系樹脂(A)が炭素数10~18の長鎖アルキル基を有することにより、剥離性能は優れたものとなる。なお、剥離性能を良好にするために、一般式(I)のR2は直鎖のアルキル基であることが好ましい。また、R2の炭素数は、12~18が好ましく、12~14がより好ましい。R2は、炭素数12~18の直鎖アルキル基がさらに一層好ましく、炭素数12~14の直鎖アルキル基が特に好ましい。 In the general formula (I), the carbon number of the alkyl group R 2 is 10 to 18. When the carbon number is less than 9, it is generally difficult to cause the modified acrylic resin (A) to exhibit releasability. In addition, when the carbon number exceeds 18, the peelability becomes too high due to the high crystallinity and the like, and the peelability as a peelable film is inferior. When the modified acrylic resin (A) has a long-chain alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms, the peeling performance is excellent. In order to improve the release performance, it is preferred that R 2 in the general formula (I) is a straight chain alkyl group. In addition, the carbon number of R 2 is preferably 12 to 18, and more preferably 12 to 14. R 2 is more preferably a linear alkyl group having 12 to 18 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a linear alkyl group having 12 to 14 carbon atoms.
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A)において、架橋性官能基(反応性官能基)としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、イソシアノ基、エポキシ基、N-メチロール基、N-アルコキシメチル基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、チオール基、加水分解性シリル基等が挙げられる。架橋性官能基の数は、1つであってもよいし、2以上であってもよい。また、架橋性官能基は、1種単独で含有されていてもよく、2種以上が含有されていてもよい。 In the modified acrylic resin (A), as the crosslinkable functional group (reactive functional group), for example, carboxyl group, isocyano group, epoxy group, N-methylol group, N-alkoxymethyl group, hydroxy group, amino group, A thiol group, a hydrolyzable silyl group, etc. are mentioned. The number of crosslinkable functional groups may be one or two or more. The crosslinkable functional group may be contained singly or in combination of two or more.
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、少なくとも、単量体として、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を形成する単量体a(1分子中に、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合と、炭素数10~18のアルキル基を有するアクリル系単量体)を重合させることにより得られる重合体である。変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、単量体aとともに、さらに、後述の単量体b(1分子中に、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合と架橋性官能基を有する単量体)、単量体c(1分子中に、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合と炭素数1~9または19以上のアルキル基を有するアクリル系単量体)、及び単量体d(単量体a,b,cとは異なる単量体であって、単量体a,b,cのうち少なくとも1種と共重合可能な単量体)からなる群より選択された少なくとも1種の単量体を共重合させて得られる共重合体であってもよい。特に、少なくとも単量体a及び単量体bを共重合させて得られる共重合体は、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)として好ましい。 The modified acrylic resin (A) is at least a monomer a (constituting a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond in one molecule) which forms a constitutional unit represented by the above general formula (I) as a monomer And an acrylic monomer having an alkyl group of 10 to 18 carbon atoms). The modified acrylic resin (A) is, together with the monomer a, a monomer b described later (a monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and a crosslinkable functional group in one molecule), a single monomer b, A monomer c (an acrylic monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and an alkyl group having 1 to 9 or 19 or more carbon atoms in one molecule), and a monomer d (monomers a and b) And c are at least one monomer selected from the group consisting of monomers different from at least one of monomers a, b and c). It may be a copolymer obtained by polymerization. In particular, a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing at least the monomer a and the monomer b is preferable as the modified acrylic resin (A).
 [単量体a]
 単量体aとしては、エステル部分が炭素数10~18の長鎖アルキル基である(メタ)アクリル酸エステルが挙げられる。具体的には、イソデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ウンデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ドデシル(メタ)アクリレート(ラウリル(メタ)アクリレートともいう)、トリデシル(メタ)アクリレート、テトラデシル(メタ)アクリレート(ミリスチル(メタ)アクリレートともいう)、ペンタデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ヘキサデシル(メタ)アクリレート(パルミチル(メタ)アクリレートともいう)、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
[Monomer a]
Examples of the monomer a include (meth) acrylic esters in which the ester moiety is a long-chain alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms. Specifically, isodecyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as lauryl (meth) acrylate), tridecyl (meth) acrylate and tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate) And pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (also referred to as palmityl (meth) acrylate), stearyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A)における単量体aから導かれる構成単位の含有割合は、加熱前後の剥離力の差を小さくし、さらには表面層の成分を物品に移行し難くする観点から、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)に含まれる構成単位の合計を100質量部として、好ましくは50~99.99質量部程度、より好ましくは70~99.9質量部程度、さらに好ましくは85~99.8質量部程度、さらに好ましくは85~99.5質量部である。単量体aは、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 The content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer a in the modified acrylic resin (A) reduces the difference in peel force before and after heating, and further, from the viewpoint of making it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article, modification The total of structural units contained in the acrylic resin (A) is preferably about 50 to 99.99 parts by mass, more preferably about 70 to 99.9 parts by mass, and still more preferably 85 to 99.8 parts by mass. The amount is about the part by mass, more preferably 85 to 99.5 parts by mass. As the monomer a, only one type may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
 [単量体b]
 単量体bは、1分子中に、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合及び架橋性官能基を有する単量体である。単量体bは、架橋性官能基を有していることから、後述の架橋剤(D)を介して前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)などと好適に結合し、剥離性フィルムの加熱前後の剥離力の差を小さく、さらには表面層の成分の物品への移行を抑制することができる。
[Monomer b]
The monomer b is a monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and a crosslinkable functional group in one molecule. Since the monomer b has a crosslinkable functional group, it is suitably bonded to a resin (B) or the like different from the modified acrylic resin (A) via a crosslinking agent (D) described later, The difference in peel force before and after heating of the peelable film can be reduced, and furthermore, the transfer of the components of the surface layer to the article can be suppressed.
 架橋性官能基(反応性官能基)としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、イソシアノ基、エポキシ基、N-メチロール基、N-アルコキシメチル基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、チオール基、加水分解性シリル基等が挙げられる。単量体bは、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。また、単量体bにおいて、架橋性官能基の数は、1つであってもよいし、2以上であってもよい。また、架橋性官能基は、1種単独で含有されていてもよく、2種以上が含有されていてもよい。 As a crosslinkable functional group (reactive functional group), for example, carboxyl group, isocyano group, epoxy group, N-methylol group, N-alkoxymethyl group, hydroxy group, amino group, thiol group, hydrolyzable silyl group, etc. Can be mentioned. As the monomer b, only one type may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used. In the monomer b, the number of crosslinkable functional groups may be one or two or more. The crosslinkable functional group may be contained singly or in combination of two or more.
 カルボキシル基を有する単量体bとしては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、スチレンスルホン酸などが挙げられる。また、カルボキシル基を有する単量体bとして、N-(メタ)アクリロイル-p-アミノ安息香酸、N-(メタ)アクリロイル-5-アミノサリチル酸等も挙げられる。また、カルボキシル基を有する単量体bとして、カルボキシル基含有(メタ)アクリレートも挙げられる。カルボキシル基含有(メタ)アクリレートとしては、1,4-ジ(メタ)アクリロキシエチルピロメリット酸、4-(メタ)アクリロキシエチルトリメリット酸、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ安息香酸等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer b having a carboxyl group include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid and styrene sulfonic acid. Further, as the monomer b having a carboxyl group, N- (meth) acryloyl-p-aminobenzoic acid, N- (meth) acryloyl-5-aminosalicylic acid and the like can also be mentioned. Moreover, a carboxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate is also mentioned as monomer b which has a carboxyl group. As the carboxyl group-containing (meth) acrylate, 1,4-di (meth) acryloxyethyl pyromellitic acid, 4- (meth) acryloxyethyl trimellitic acid, 2- (meth) acryloyl oxybenzoic acid and the like can be mentioned. .
 イソシアノ基を有する単量体bとしては、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルイソシアネートなどが挙げられ、また、ヒドロキシ(メタ)アクリレート(例えば、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート等)をポリイシアネート(例えば、トルエンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート等)と反応させて得られるものも挙げられる。 As the monomer b having an isocyano group, (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth) acryloyloxypropyl isocyanate, etc. may be mentioned, and hydroxy (meth) acrylate (eg, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, What is obtained by reacting 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate and the like with a polyisocyanate (for example, toluene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate and the like) may also be mentioned.
 エポキシ基を有する単量体bとしては、グリシジルメタクリレート、グリシジルシンナメート、グリシジルアリルエーテル、グリシジルビニルエーテル、ビニルシクロヘキサンモノエポキサイド、1、3-ブタジエンモノエポキサイドなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer b having an epoxy group include glycidyl methacrylate, glycidyl cinnamate, glycidyl allyl ether, glycidyl vinyl ether, vinylcyclohexane monoepoxide, 1,3-butadiene monoepoxide and the like.
 N-メチロール基又はN-アルコキシメチル基を有する単量体bとしては、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-エトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-プロポキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ブトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミドなどのN-モノアルコキシメチル基を有する(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジメチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジ(メトキシメチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジ(エトキシメチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジ(プロポキシメチル)(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジ(ブトキシメチル)(メタ)アクリルアミドなどのN,N-ジアルコキシメチル基を有する(メタ)アクリルアミドが挙げられる。 As a monomer b having an N-methylol group or an N-alkoxymethyl group, N-methylol (meth) acrylamide, N-methoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-ethoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N-propoxymethyl ( (Meth) acrylamide, N-monoalkoxymethyl-containing (meth) acrylamide such as N-butoxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, N, N-dimethylol (meth) acrylamide, N, N-di (methoxymethyl) (meth) acrylamide N, N-dialkoxy such as N, N-di (ethoxymethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N, N-di (propoxymethyl) (meth) acrylamide, N, N-di (butoxymethyl) (meth) acrylamide and the like (Meth) acrylamide having a methyl group is mentioned .
 ヒドロキシ基を有する単量体bとしては、ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートが主に挙げられる。ヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリレートとしては、2ーヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、1ーヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2ーヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、4ーヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。その他、ヒドロキシ基を有する単量体bとして、ヒドロキシスチレン等も挙げられる。 As the monomer b having a hydroxy group, a hydroxy group-containing (meth) acrylate is mainly mentioned. As a hydroxy group-containing (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 1-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono ( Examples include meta) acrylates, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylates, polytetramethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylates, and the like. In addition, as the monomer b having a hydroxy group, hydroxystyrene and the like can also be mentioned.
 アミノ基を有する単量体bとしては、第1級又は第2級アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。第1級又は第2級アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリレートとしては、アミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、アミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、エチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer b having an amino group include primary or secondary amino group-containing (meth) acrylates. Examples of primary or secondary amino group-containing (meth) acrylates include aminoethyl (meth) acrylate, ethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, aminopropyl (meth) acrylate and ethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate. .
 チオール基を有する単量体bとしては、チオール基含有(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。チオール基含有(メタ)アクリレートとしては、2-(メチルチオ)エチルメタクリレートが挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer b having a thiol group include thiol group-containing (meth) acrylates. Examples of thiol group-containing (meth) acrylates include 2- (methylthio) ethyl methacrylate.
 加水分解性シリル基を有する単量体bとしては、γ-(メタ)アクリルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、γ-(メタ)アクリルオキシプロピルメチルジメトキシシランなどの(メタ)アクリルオキシアルキルアルコキシシラン、(メタ)アクリルオキシアルキルアルコキシアルキルシラン、トリメトキシビニルシラン、ジメトキシエチルシラン、トリエトキシビニルシラン、トリエトキシアリルシラン、ビニルメチルジメトキシシラン、ビニルメチルジエトキシシラン、ビニルトリス(2-メトキシエトキシ)シランなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the monomer b having a hydrolyzable silyl group include (meth) acryloxyalkylalkoxysilanes such as γ- (meth) acryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane and γ- (meth) acryloxypropylmethyldimethoxysilane, (meth Acryloxyalkylalkoxyalkylsilane, trimethoxyvinylsilane, dimethoxyethylsilane, triethoxyvinylsilane, triethoxyallylsilane, vinylmethyldimethoxysilane, vinylmethyldiethoxysilane, vinyltris (2-methoxyethoxy) silane and the like.
 単量体bとしては、好ましくは、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、3-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、3-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコールモノ(メタ)アクリレート及びヒドロキシスチレンからなる群より選択された少なくとも1種であり、さらに好ましくは、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、3-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、3-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、及び4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレートからなる群より選択された少なくとも1種である。 As monomer b, preferably, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl At least one selected from the group consisting of (meth) acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, polyethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol mono (meth) acrylate and hydroxystyrene It is one kind, more preferably 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy Butyl (meth) acrylate is at least one selected from the group consisting of 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate.
 単量体bが2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、3-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、3-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、及び4-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレートからなる群より選択された少なくとも1種である場合、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、少なくとも上記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を含むとともに、少なくとも下記一般式(II)で表される構成単位を含んでいる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Monomer b is 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, And when it is at least one selected from the group consisting of 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, the modified acrylic resin (A) contains at least the constituent unit represented by the above general formula (I), and at least The structural unit represented by the following general formula (II) is included.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 一般式(II)において、Raは、メチル基又は水素原子を示し、Rbは、-CH2CH2OH、-CH2-CHOH-CH3、-CH2CH2CH2OH、-CH2-CHOH-CH2CH3、-CH2CH2-CHOH-CH3、又は-CH2CH2CH2CH2OHを示す。 In the general formula (II), R a represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R b represents -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 -CHOH-CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 -CHOH-CH 2 CH 3, -CH 2 CH 2 -CHOH-CH 3, or an -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH.
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A)が、単量体bから導かれる構成単位を含む場合、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)における単量体bから導かれる構成単位の含有割合は、加熱前後の剥離力の差を小さくし、さらには表面層の成分を物品に移行し難くする観点から、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)に含まれる構成単位の合計を100質量部として、0.01~20質量部程度であることが好ましく、0.1~10質量程度であることがより好ましく、0.2~5質量程度であることがさらに好ましく、0.5~3質量部程度であることがさらに好ましく、0.8~1.5質量部程度であることが特に好ましい。変性アクリル系樹脂(A)が、単量体aから導かれる構成単位を含むだけでなく、単量体bから導かれる構成単位も含む場合、その一次構造はランダム共重合体であっても、ブロック共重合体であってもよい。 When the modified acrylic resin (A) contains a constitutional unit derived from the monomer b, the content ratio of the constitutional unit derived from the monomer b in the modified acrylic resin (A) is the peel strength before and after heating. From the viewpoint of reducing the difference and further making it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article, the amount of the total of structural units contained in the modified acrylic resin (A) is about 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with 100 parts by mass. Is preferably about 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably about 0.2 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably about 0.5 to 3 parts by mass, 0. It is particularly preferable that the amount is about 8 to 1.5 parts by mass. When the modified acrylic resin (A) contains not only a structural unit derived from the monomer a but also a structural unit derived from the monomer b, the primary structure may be a random copolymer, It may be a block copolymer.
 [単量体c]
 単量体cは、1分子中に、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合と、炭素数1~9または19以上のアルキル基を有するアクリル系単量体である。単量体cは、例えば表面層に含まれるアルキル基の濃度を調整するために使用することができ、剥離性フィルムの加熱前後の剥離力の差を小さくし、さらには表面層の成分の物品への移行の抑制に貢献し得る。
[Monomer c]
The monomer c is an acrylic monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and an alkyl group having 1 to 9 or 19 or more carbon atoms in one molecule. The monomer c can be used, for example, to adjust the concentration of the alkyl group contained in the surface layer, reduce the difference in peel strength before and after heating of the peelable film, and further, an article of the component of the surface layer It can contribute to the suppression of the transition to
 単量体cとしては、(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体が好適に挙げられる。(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体としては、下記一般式(III)で表される構成単位が導かれる単量体が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
As the monomer c, (meth) acrylic acid derivatives are preferably mentioned. As the (meth) acrylic acid derivative, a monomer from which a structural unit represented by the following general formula (III) can be derived is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 一般式(III)において、R1は、メチル基又は水素原子を示し、R3は、炭素数1~9または19以上のアルキル基を示し、該アルキル基は、フッ素原子、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ケイ素原子等を含む変性アルキル基であってもよい。 In the general formula (III), R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, R 3 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 9 or 19 or more carbon atoms, and the alkyl group is a fluorine atom, an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom Or a modified alkyl group containing a sulfur atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a silicon atom or the like.
 単量体cの具体例としては、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、n-オクチル(メタ)アクリレート、ノニル(メタ)アクリレートステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸塩、(メタ)アクリロニトリル等が挙げられる。単量体cは、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 Specific examples of the monomer c include methyl (meth) acrylate, butyl (meth) acrylate, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, nonyl (meth) acrylate stearyl (meth) acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) ) Acrylate, (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylonitrile and the like. The monomer c may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A)が、単量体cから導かれる構成単位を含む場合、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)における単量体cから導かれる構成単位の含有割合は、加熱前後の剥離力の差を小さくし、さらには表面層の成分を物品に移行し難くする観点から、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)に含まれる構成単位の合計を100質量部として、0.01~20質量部程度であることが好ましく、0.1~10質量部程度であることがより好ましい。 When the modified acrylic resin (A) contains a constitutional unit derived from the monomer c, the content ratio of the constitutional unit derived from the monomer c in the modified acrylic resin (A) is the peel strength before and after heating. From the viewpoint of reducing the difference and further making it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article, the amount of the total of structural units contained in the modified acrylic resin (A) is about 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with 100 parts by mass. The content is preferably about 0.1 to 10 parts by mass.
 [単量体d]
 単量体dは、単量体a,b,cとは異なる単量体であって、単量体a,b,cのうち少なくとも1種と共重合可能な単量体である。
[Monomer d]
The monomer d is a monomer different from the monomers a, b and c, and is a monomer copolymerizable with at least one of the monomers a, b and c.
 単量体dの具体的な例としては、(i’)芳香族ビニル単量体、(ii’)オレフィン系炭化水素単量体、(iii’)ビニルエステル単量体、(iv’)ビニルハライド単量体、(v’)ビニルエーテル単量体などが挙げられる。単量体dは、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。単量体dは、例えば表面層に含まれる種々の官能基の濃度を調整するために使用することができ、剥離性フィルムの加熱前後の剥離力の差を小さく、さらには表面層の成分の物品への移行の抑制に貢献し得る。 Specific examples of the monomer d include (i ′) aromatic vinyl monomer, (ii ′) olefin hydrocarbon monomer, (iii ′) vinyl ester monomer, and (iv ′) vinyl Halide monomers, (v ') vinyl ether monomers, etc. may be mentioned. As the monomer d, only one type may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used. The monomer d can be used, for example, to adjust the concentration of various functional groups contained in the surface layer, and the difference in the peeling force before and after heating of the peelable film is small. It can contribute to the suppression of the transition to goods.
 芳香族ビニル単量体としては、スチレン、メチルスチレン、エチルスチレン、クロロスチレン、一部の水素がフッ素置換されたスチレン類(例えば、モノフルオロメチルスチレン、ジフルオロメチルスチレン、トリフルオロメチルスチレン等)などが挙げられる。 As the aromatic vinyl monomer, styrene, methylstyrene, ethylstyrene, chlorostyrene, styrenes partially substituted with hydrogen (eg, monofluoromethylstyrene, difluoromethylstyrene, trifluoromethylstyrene etc.), etc. Can be mentioned.
 オレフィン系炭化水素単量体としては、エチレン、プロピレン、ブタジエン、イソブチレン、イソプレン、1、4-ペンタジエン等が挙げられる。 The olefin hydrocarbon monomer may, for example, be ethylene, propylene, butadiene, isobutylene, isoprene or 1,4-pentadiene.
 ビニルエステル単量体としては、酢酸ビニル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the vinyl ester monomer include vinyl acetate and the like.
 ビニルハライド単量体としては、塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデン、モノフルオロエチレン、ジフルオロエチレン、トリフルオロエチレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the vinyl halide monomer include vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, monofluoroethylene, difluoroethylene, trifluoroethylene and the like.
 ビニルエーテル単量体としては、ビニルメチルエーテル等が挙げられる。 Examples of vinyl ether monomers include vinyl methyl ether and the like.
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A)が、単量体dから導かれる構成単位を含む場合、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)における単量体dから導かれる構成単位の含有割合は、加熱前後の剥離力の差を小さくし、さらには表面層の成分を物品に移行し難くする観点から、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)に含まれる構成単位の合計を100質量部として、0.01~20質量部程度であることが好ましく、0.1~10質量部程度であることがより好ましい。 When the modified acrylic resin (A) contains a constitutional unit derived from the monomer d, the content ratio of the constitutional unit derived from the monomer d in the modified acrylic resin (A) is the peel strength before and after heating. From the viewpoint of reducing the difference and further making it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article, the amount of the total of structural units contained in the modified acrylic resin (A) is about 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with 100 parts by mass. The content is preferably about 0.1 to 10 parts by mass.
 加熱前後の剥離力の差を小さくし、さらには表面層の成分を物品に移行し難くする観点から、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは5×104~15×104であり、より好ましくは6×104~14×104であり、さらに好ましくは8×104~12×104である。 The weight average molecular weight of the modified acrylic resin (A) is preferably 5 × 10 4 to 15 × 10 in order to reduce the difference in peel force before and after heating and to make it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article. 4, and more preferably from 6 × 10 4 ~ 14 × 10 4, more preferably from 8 × 10 4 ~ 12 × 10 4.
 表面層中の変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の含有量は特に限定的ではないが、加熱前後の剥離力の差を小さくし、さらには表面層の成分を物品に移行し難くする観点から、表面層を構成する樹脂(A)と樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として、30質量部以上が好ましく、40質量部以上がより好ましく、50質量部以上がさらに好ましく、50質量部超えがさらに一層好ましく、55質量部以上が特に好ましい。また、表面層中の変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の含有量は、表面層を構成する樹脂(A)と樹脂(B)の合計100質量部に対して98質量部以下であることが好ましく、90質量部以下であることがより好ましく、80質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、70質量部以下であることが特に好ましく、60質量部以下であることが特段好ましい。 The content of the modified acrylic resin (A) in the surface layer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of reducing the difference in peel force before and after heating and making it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article, the surface The total amount of the resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the layer is 100 parts by mass, preferably 30 parts by mass or more, more preferably 40 parts by mass or more, further preferably 50 parts by mass or more, and more than 50 parts by mass It is more preferable, and 55 parts by mass or more is particularly preferable. In addition, the content of the modified acrylic resin (A) in the surface layer is preferably 98 parts by mass or less with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer. It is more preferably 90 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, particularly preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 60 parts by mass or less.
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A)を得る方法としては、前述の単量体aおよび必要に応じて単量体b、単量体c、単量体dを、ラジカル重合、アニオン重合、カチオン重合等の公知の重合方法で重合して得ることができる。 As a method of obtaining the modified acrylic resin (A), the above-mentioned monomer a and, if necessary, monomer b, monomer c and monomer d, radical polymerization, anion polymerization, cation polymerization etc. It can be obtained by polymerization by a known polymerization method.
 重合時には、開始剤を用いてよい。開始剤としては、アゾ化合物、有機過酸化物等を用いることができる。なかでも重合の収率や分子量制御の容易さから、アゾ化合物が好ましく、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル (AIBN)がより好ましい。重合剤の使用量は、収率や分子量制御の容易さから、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)に含まれる構成単位の合計を100質量部として、0.01~3質量部が好ましく、0.05~2質量部が好ましく、0.1~1.5質量部がより好ましい。 During polymerization, an initiator may be used. As an initiator, an azo compound, an organic peroxide, etc. can be used. Among them, an azo compound is preferable, and azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) is more preferable, from the viewpoint of polymerization yield and easiness of molecular weight control. The amount of the polymerization agent used is preferably 0.01 to 3 parts by mass, taking 100 parts by mass as the total of structural units contained in the modified acrylic resin (A), from the viewpoint of yield and ease of control of molecular weight. It is preferably 2 to 2 parts by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 1.5 parts by mass.
 また、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、少なくとも単量体b(炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合及び架橋性官能基を有する単量体)を重合させて得られる重合体に対して、アルキル基をグラフト重合して得ても良い。すなわち、単量体bによって導かれる構成単位の前記架橋性官能基の一部または全部にアルキル基がグラフト重合した構造を備える重合体(以下、変性アクリル系樹脂(A’)と記載する)を、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と同様に、単独もしくは変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と混合して用いることができる。 In addition, the modified acrylic resin (A) is an alkyl group to a polymer obtained by polymerizing at least the monomer b (a monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and a crosslinkable functional group). May be obtained by graft polymerization. That is, a polymer (hereinafter referred to as a modified acrylic resin (A ')) having a structure in which an alkyl group is graft-polymerized to a part or all of the crosslinkable functional group of the constituent unit derived by monomer b Similar to the modified acrylic resin (A), it can be used alone or in combination with the modified acrylic resin (A).
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A’)において、グラフト重合されたアルキル基の炭素数としては、好ましくは10~18程度、より好ましくは12~14程度が挙げられる。アルキル基をグラフト重合により導入する方法としては限定的ではなく、公知の導入方法が挙げられる。 In the modified acrylic resin (A ′), the carbon number of the graft-polymerized alkyl group is preferably about 10 to 18, and more preferably about 12 to 14. The method for introducing the alkyl group by graft polymerization is not limited, and a known method may be mentioned.
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A’)においても、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)で例示した単量体bと同じものを好ましく用いることができる。単量体bの詳細については、前記の通りである。 Also in the modified acrylic resin (A '), the same as the monomer b exemplified for the modified acrylic resin (A) can be preferably used. The details of the monomer b are as described above.
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A’)は、単量体bとともに、さらに前記単量体c及び前記単量体dの少なくとも一方を共重合させた共重合体であってもよい。 The modified acrylic resin (A ′) may be a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing at least one of the monomer c and the monomer d with the monomer b.
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A’)においても、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)で例示した単量体c及び単量体dを好ましく用いることができる。単量体c及び単量体dの詳細については、前記の通りである。 Also in the modified acrylic resin (A '), the monomer c and the monomer d exemplified for the modified acrylic resin (A) can be preferably used. The details of the monomer c and the monomer d are as described above.
 <樹脂(B)>
 表面層を形成する樹脂成分は、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とともに、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)を含んでいる。
<Resin (B)>
The resin component which forms a surface layer contains resin (B) different from modified acrylic resin (A) with modified acrylic resin (A).
 表面層に当該樹脂(B)を含有することにより、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)との相溶性の違いを利用して、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)のアルキル基を表面に偏析させやすく、加熱前後の剥離力の差を小さくし、さらには表面層の成分を物品に移行し難くすることができる。 By containing the resin (B) in the surface layer, the alkyl group of the modified acrylic resin (A) can be easily segregated on the surface by utilizing the difference in compatibility with the modified acrylic resin (A), and heating It is possible to reduce the difference between the front and back peel force, and to make it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article.
 樹脂(B)としては、特に限定されないが、好ましくはポリエステル樹脂及びアクリル樹脂からなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種が挙げられる。また、ポリエステル樹脂及びアクリル樹脂としては、ポリエステル樹脂及びアクリル樹脂として知られている公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いることができる。例えば、ポリエステル樹脂として、(i)多価アルコールと多塩基酸との縮合反応によって得られる樹脂であって、二塩基酸と二価アルコールとの縮合物又は不乾性油脂肪酸等で変性したものである不転化性ポリエステル樹脂、(ii)二塩基酸と三価以上のアルコールとの縮合物である転化性ポリエステル樹脂などが挙げられる。第1の実施形態において、ポリエステル樹脂(B)は、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 The resin (B) is not particularly limited, but preferably includes at least one selected from the group consisting of polyester resins and acrylic resins. Moreover, as a polyester resin and an acrylic resin, it can select suitably from the well-known things known as a polyester resin and an acrylic resin, and can be used. For example, as a polyester resin, it is a resin obtained by condensation reaction of (i) polyhydric alcohol and polybasic acid, which is modified with a condensation product of dibasic acid and dihydric alcohol, non-drying oil fatty acid, etc. Examples include certain non-convertible polyester resins, and (ii) invertible polyester resins which are condensation products of dibasic acids and tri- or higher alcohols. In the first embodiment, only one type of polyester resin (B) may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
 ポリエステル樹脂の原料として用いられる多価アルコールとしては、具体的には、二価アルコール、三価アルコール、四価以上の多価アルコールなどが挙げられる。二価アルコールとしては、例えば、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、トリメチレングリコール、テトラメチレングリコール、ネオペンチルグリコール等が挙げられる。三価アルコールとしては、例えば、グリセリン、トリメチロールエタン、トリメチロールプロパン等が挙げられる。四価以上の多価アルコールとしては、例えば、ジグリセリン、トリグリセリン、ペンタエリスリトール、ジペンタエリスリトール、マンニット、ソルビット等が挙げられる。これら多価アルコールは、一種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Specifically as a polyhydric alcohol used as a raw material of polyester resin, a dihydric alcohol, a trihydric alcohol, the polyhydric alcohol more than tetravalent etc. are mentioned. Examples of the dihydric alcohol include ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, propylene glycol, trimethylene glycol, tetramethylene glycol, neopentyl glycol and the like. Examples of trihydric alcohols include glycerin, trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane and the like. Examples of the polyhydric alcohol of tetravalent or higher include diglycerin, triglycerin, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, mannit, sorbite and the like. These polyhydric alcohols may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 また、ポリエステル樹脂の原料として用いられる多塩基酸としては、具体的には、芳香族多塩基酸、脂肪族飽和多塩基酸、脂肪族不飽和多塩基酸、ディールス・アルダー反応による多塩基酸などが挙げられる。芳香族多塩基酸としては、無水フタル酸、テレフタル酸、イソフタル酸、無水トリメット酸等が挙げられる。脂肪族飽和多塩基酸としては、コハク酸、アジピン酸、セバシン酸等が挙げられる。脂肪族不飽和多塩基酸としては、マレイン酸、無水マレイン酸、フマル酸、イタコン酸、無水シトラコン酸等が挙げられる。ディールス・アルダー反応による多塩基酸としては、シクロペンタジエン-無水マレイン酸付加物、テルペン-無水マレイン酸付加物、ロジン-無水マレイン酸付加物等が挙げられる。これら多塩基酸は一種を単独で使用してもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Further, as polybasic acids used as raw materials of polyester resin, specifically, aromatic polybasic acids, aliphatic saturated polybasic acids, aliphatic unsaturated polybasic acids, polybasic acids by Diels-Alder reaction, etc. Can be mentioned. Examples of aromatic polybasic acids include phthalic anhydride, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, and trimet anhydride. Examples of aliphatic saturated polybasic acids include succinic acid, adipic acid and sebacic acid. Examples of aliphatic unsaturated polybasic acids include maleic acid, maleic anhydride, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, citraconic anhydride and the like. Examples of polybasic acids obtained by the Diels-Alder reaction include cyclopentadiene-maleic anhydride adduct, terpene-maleic anhydride adduct, rosin-maleic anhydride adduct and the like. These polybasic acids may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 変性剤である不乾性油脂肪酸等としては、具体的には、オクチル酸、ラウリン酸、パルミチン酸、ステアリン酸、オレイン酸、リノール酸、リノレイン酸、エレオステアリン酸、リシノレイン酸、脱水リシノレイン酸、またはヤシ油、アマニ油、キリ油、ヒマシ油、脱水ヒマシ油、大豆油、サフラワー油、及びこれらの脂肪酸等が挙げられる。これらは一種を単独で使用してもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、ポリエステル樹脂としても、一種を単独で使用してもよく、二種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Specific examples of the non-drying oil fatty acid which is a modifier include octylic acid, lauric acid, palmitic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, linoleic acid, eleostearic acid, licinoleic acid, dehydrated ricinoleic acid, Or coconut oil, linseed oil, tung oil, castor oil, dehydrated castor oil, soybean oil, safflower oil, fatty acids of these, and the like. One of these may be used alone, or two or more may be used in combination. Moreover, as a polyester resin, it may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used combining 2 or more types.
 また、アクリル樹脂としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルの単独重合体、2種以上の異なる(メタ)アクリル酸エステルモノマーの共重合体、又は(メタ)アクリル酸エステルと他のモノマーとの共重合体が挙げられる。(メタ)アクリル樹脂として、より具体的には、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸プロピル、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル-(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル共重合体、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル-(メタ)アクリル酸ブチル共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸メチル共重合体、スチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸メチル共重合体等の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル等が挙げられる。アクリル樹脂は、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 Moreover, as an acrylic resin, for example, a homopolymer of (meth) acrylic acid ester, a copolymer of two or more different (meth) acrylic acid ester monomers, or (meth) acrylic acid ester and another monomer Copolymers may be mentioned. More specifically, as the (meth) acrylic resin, methyl poly (meth) acrylate, ethyl poly (meth) acrylate, propyl poly (meth) acrylate, butyl poly (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylate Methyl (butyl) (meth) acrylate copolymer, ethyl (meth) acrylate-butyl (meth) acrylate copolymer, ethylene-methyl (meth) acrylate copolymer, styrene-(meth) acrylate co-polymer Examples thereof include (meth) acrylic acid esters such as polymers. Only one type of acrylic resin may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)は、後述する架橋剤(D)と反応するために、反応性官能基を有することが好ましい。特に、当該反応性官能基としては、カルボキシル基及びヒドロキシ基からなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一種であることが好ましい。樹脂(B)がヒドロキシ基を有する場合、その樹脂(B)の水酸基価は、5~500mgKOH/gであることが好ましく、10~300mgKOH/gであることがより好ましく、15~100mgKOH/gであることがさらに好ましい。 The resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A) preferably has a reactive functional group in order to react with a crosslinking agent (D) described later. In particular, the reactive functional group is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group and a hydroxy group. When the resin (B) has a hydroxy group, the hydroxyl value of the resin (B) is preferably 5 to 500 mg KOH / g, more preferably 10 to 300 mg KOH / g, and 15 to 100 mg KOH / g. It is further preferred that
 樹脂(B)の数平均分子量は、500~30000程度であることが好ましく、1000~20000程度であることがより好ましい。樹脂(B)は、数平均分子量が上記範囲であることにより、表面層が架橋剤(D)で架橋されたときの網目構造が密になりやすく、アルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の剥離面への偏析が起こりやすくなる。 The number average molecular weight of the resin (B) is preferably about 500 to 30,000, and more preferably about 1,000 to 20,000. When the resin (B) has a number average molecular weight in the above range, the network structure when the surface layer is crosslinked with the crosslinking agent (D) is likely to be dense, and the modified acrylic having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group Segregation on the release surface of the resin (A) is likely to occur.
 表面層中の樹脂(B)の含有量は限定的ではないが、加熱前後の剥離力の差を小さくし、さらには表面層の成分を物品に移行し難くする観点から、表面層を構成する樹脂(A)と樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として、2質量部以上であることが好ましく、10質量部以上であることがより好ましく、20質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、30質量部以上であることが特に好ましく、40質量部以上であることが特段好ましい。また、同様の観点から、表面層を構成する樹脂(A)と樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として、70質量部以下であることが好ましく、60質量部以下であることがより好ましく、50質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、50質量部未満がさらに一層好ましく、45質量部以下であることが特に好ましい。 Although the content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is not limited, the surface layer is formed from the viewpoint of reducing the difference in peel force before and after heating and making it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article. The total amount of the resin (A) and the resin (B) is preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 20 parts by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass. It is particularly preferable that the content is at least 40 parts by mass, and particularly preferably at least 40 parts by mass. From the same point of view, the total amount of the resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer is preferably 100 parts by mass or less and is preferably 70 parts by mass or less, more preferably 60 parts by mass or less, The content is more preferably 50 parts by mass or less, still more preferably less than 50 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 45 parts by mass or less.
 <(D)架橋剤>
 表面層を形成する樹脂成分は、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)及び樹脂(B)とともに、架橋剤(D)を含んでいる。架橋剤(D)は、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)同士、樹脂(B)同士、または変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と樹脂(B)とを架橋する機能を有する。
<(D) Crosslinking agent>
The resin component which forms a surface layer contains a crosslinking agent (D) with denatured acrylic resin (A) and resin (B). The crosslinking agent (D) has a function of crosslinking the modified acrylic resins (A), the resins (B), or the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B).
 第1の実施形態において、架橋剤(D)は、メラミン化合物である。前記メラミン化合物は、アミノ基の水素原子が全てアルコキシアルキル基及びアルカノール基の少なくとも一方で置換された構造を有している。すなわち、前記メラミン化合物は、アルコキシアルキル基及びアルカノール基からなる群より選択された少なくとも1種のみをアミノ基の置換基として備えているともいえる。また、前記メラミン化合物は、トリアジン環に3つのアミノ基が結合した構成単位を有しており、第1の実施形態において、3つのアミノ基に結合する合計6つの置換基は、アルコキシアルキル基及びアルカノール基からなる群より選択された少なくとも1種のみであり、水素原子などの他の置換基を有していないともいえる。 In a first embodiment, the crosslinker (D) is a melamine compound. The melamine compound has a structure in which all hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with at least one of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group. That is, it can be said that the melamine compound has at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group as a substituent of the amino group. Further, the melamine compound has a structural unit in which three amino groups are bonded to a triazine ring, and in the first embodiment, a total of six substituents bonded to three amino groups are alkoxyalkyl groups and It can be said that it is only at least one selected from the group consisting of alkanol groups, and does not have any other substituent such as a hydrogen atom.
 より具体的には、メラミン化合物は、下記一般式(IV)で表すことができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
More specifically, the melamine compound can be represented by the following general formula (IV).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 一般式(IV)において、トリアジン環に結合した3つのアミノ基が有している合計6つの置換基Rは、それぞれ、アミノ基の水素原子が置換された基である。6つ置換基Rは、それぞれ独立に、アルコキシアルキル基又はアルカノール基である。また、nは、1以上の数であり、メラミン化合物の平均n量数を示している。 In the general formula (IV), a total of six substituents R possessed by three amino groups bonded to the triazine ring are groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the amino groups are substituted. The six substituents R are each independently an alkoxyalkyl group or an alkanol group. Further, n is a number of 1 or more, and indicates the average n number of the melamine compound.
 アルコキシアルキル基とは、例えば、メトキシメチル基、1-エトキシエチル基などのC1-6アルキルオキシC1-6アルキル基を意味する。また、アルカノール基とは、例えば、ヒドロキシメチル基、2-ヒドロキシエチル基、3-ヒドロキシプロピル基、2-ヒドロキシ-n-プロピル基(-CH2-CHOH-CH3)、2-ヒドロキシ-1-メチルエチル基など、直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基の末端のメチル基上の水素原子が、ヒドロキシ基で置換された基を意味する。ここでC1-6とは、炭素数が1~6を意味する。 The alkoxyalkyl group means, for example, a C1-6 alkyloxy C1-6 alkyl group such as a methoxymethyl group or 1-ethoxyethyl group. The alkanol group is, for example, hydroxymethyl group, 2-hydroxyethyl group, 3-hydroxypropyl group, 2-hydroxy-n-propyl group (-CH 2 -CHOH-CH 3 ), 2-hydroxy-1- It means a group in which a hydrogen atom on a terminal methyl group of a linear or branched alkyl group such as a methylethyl group is substituted with a hydroxy group. Here, C1-6 means carbon number of 1 to 6.
 第1の実施形態において、加熱前後の剥離力の差を小さくし、さらには表面層の成分を物品に移行し難くする観点から、メラミン化合物は、一般式(IV)において、6つの置換基Rのうち、少なくとも1つがアルコキシアルキル基であることが好ましく、3つ以上がアルコキシアルキル基であることがより好ましく、6つ全てがアルコキシアルキル基であることが特に好ましい。また、一般式(IV)において、6つの置換基Rのうち、アルカノール基は、5つ以下であることが好ましく、3つ以下であることがより好ましく、0であることがさらに好ましい。なお、後述の実施例において、タイプFのメラミン化合物は、6つの置換基Rの全てがアルコキシアルキル基である。 In the first embodiment, from the viewpoint of reducing the difference in peel force before and after heating and further making it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article, the melamine compound has six substituents R in general formula (IV) Among them, at least one is preferably an alkoxyalkyl group, three or more are more preferably an alkoxyalkyl group, and it is particularly preferable that all six be an alkoxyalkyl group. In the general formula (IV), among the six substituents R, the number of alkanol groups is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and still more preferably 0. In the examples described later, in the melamine compound of type F, all six substituents R are alkoxyalkyl groups.
 メラミン化合物において、アルコキシアルキル基の炭素数は2~5が好ましく、2がさらに好ましい。アルコキシアルキル基の好ましい具体例としては、プロポキシメチル基、エトキシメチル基、メトキシメチル基などが挙げられ、これらの中でも特にメトキシメチル基が好ましい。また、アルカノール基の炭素数は1~3が好ましく、1がさらに好ましい。アルカノール基の好ましい具体例としては、プロパノール基(3-ヒドロキシプロピル基)、エチロール基(2-ヒドロキシエチル基)、メチロール基(ヒドロキシメチル基)などが挙げられ、これらの中でも特にメチロール基が好ましい。 In the melamine compound, the carbon number of the alkoxyalkyl group is preferably 2 to 5, and more preferably 2. Preferred specific examples of the alkoxyalkyl group include propoxymethyl group, ethoxymethyl group, methoxymethyl group and the like, and among these, methoxymethyl group is particularly preferable. The carbon number of the alkanol group is preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1. Specific preferred examples of the alkanol group include propanol group (3-hydroxypropyl group), ethylol group (2-hydroxyethyl group), methylol group (hydroxymethyl group) and the like, and among these, methylol group is particularly preferable.
 メラミン化合物の平均n量数としては、好ましくは1.0~3.0程度、より好ましくは1.1~2.0程度、さらに好ましくは1.2~1.5程度が挙げられる。架橋剤(D)は、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 The average n amount number of the melamine compound is preferably about 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably about 1.1 to 2.0, and still more preferably about 1.2 to 1.5. As the crosslinking agent (D), only one type may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
 第1の実施形態において、加熱前後の剥離力の差を小さくし、さらには表面層の成分を物品に移行し難くする観点から、メラミン化合物は、一般式(V)で表される化合物であることが特に好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
[ここでMeはメチル基を示す。]
In the first embodiment, the melamine compound is a compound represented by the general formula (V) from the viewpoint of reducing the difference in peel force before and after heating and further making it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article. Is particularly preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
[Here, Me represents a methyl group. ]
 一般式(V)において、メラミン化合物の平均n量数は、前記の範囲である。 In the general formula (V), the average n number of melamine compounds is in the above range.
 なお、第1の実施形態において、表面層を形成する樹脂成分には、架橋剤(D)とは異なる他の架橋剤が含まれていてもよいが、当該樹脂成分に含まれる架橋剤は、架橋剤(D)のみであることが好ましい。 In the first embodiment, the resin component forming the surface layer may contain another crosslinking agent different from the crosslinking agent (D), but the crosslinking agent contained in the resin component is It is preferable that it is only a crosslinking agent (D).
 他の架橋剤としては、限定的ではないが、例えば、前記メラミン化合物とは異なる多官能アミノ化合物、イソシアネート化合物(モノイソシアネート、ジイソシアネート、多官能イソシアネート等を包含する)、多官能エポキシ化合物、多官能金属化合物又はジアルデヒドなどが挙げられる。 Other crosslinking agents include, but are not limited to, for example, polyfunctional amino compounds different from the aforementioned melamine compounds, isocyanate compounds (including monoisocyanate, diisocyanate, polyfunctional isocyanate etc.), polyfunctional epoxy compounds, polyfunctional Metal compounds or dialdehydes and the like can be mentioned.
 前記メラミン化合物とは異なる多官能アミノ化合物としては、尿素化合物、ベンゾグアナミン化合物、ジアミン類などが挙げられる。尿素化合物としては、アルキル化尿素化合物(例えば、日本カーバイド工業(株)製 ニカラック(登録商標)MX-270)が挙げられる。ベンゾグアナミン化合物としては、ベンゾグアナミン、メチル化ベンゾグアナミン等が挙げられる。ジアミン類としては、エチレンジアミン、テトラメチレンジアミン、ヘキサメチレンジアミン、N,N’-ジフェニルエチレンジアミン、p-キシリレンジアミン等が挙げられる。 As a polyfunctional amino compound different from the said melamine compound, a urea compound, a benzoguanamine compound, diamines etc. are mentioned. Examples of the urea compound include alkylated urea compounds (for example, Nicarak (registered trademark) MX-270 manufactured by Nippon Carbide Industrial Co., Ltd.). Examples of the benzoguanamine compound include benzoguanamine, methylated benzoguanamine and the like. Examples of diamines include ethylenediamine, tetramethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, N, N'-diphenylethylenediamine, p-xylylenediamine and the like.
 多官能イソシアネート化合物としては、例えば、ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート(MDI)、トリレンジイソシアネート(TDI)、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート(HDI)、イソホロンジイソシアネート(IPDI)、トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート(TMDI)、キシレンジイソシアネート(XDI)、ナフタレンジイソシアネート(NDI)、トリメチロールプロパン(TMP)アダクトTDI、TMPアダクトHDI、TMPアダクトIPDI 、TMPアダクトXDI等が挙げられる。 As polyfunctional isocyanate compounds, for example, diphenylmethane diisocyanate (MDI), tolylene diisocyanate (TDI), hexamethylene diisocyanate (HDI), isophorone diisocyanate (IPDI), trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate (TMDI), xylene diisocyanate (XDI), naphthalene Diisocyanate (NDI), trimethylolpropane (TMP) adduct TDI, TMP adduct HDI, TMP adduct IPDI, TMP adduct XDI, etc. may be mentioned.
 多官能エポキシ化合物としては、例えば、N,N,N’,N’-テトラグリシジルメタキシレンジアミン、1,3-ビス(N,N-ジグリシジルアミノメチル)シクロヘキサンなどが挙げられる。 As a polyfunctional epoxy compound, N, N, N ', N'- tetraglycidyl metaxylene diamine, a 1, 3- bis (N, N- diglycidyl aminomethyl) cyclohexane etc. are mentioned, for example.
 多官能金属化合物としては、アルミキレート化合物、チタンキレート化合物、トリメトキシアルミニウム等が挙げられる。アルミキレート化合物としては、例えば、アルミニウムトリスアセチルアセトナート、アルミニウムエチルアセトアセテート・ジイソプロピレート等が挙げられる。チタンキレート化合物としては、チタンテトラアセチルアセトナート、チタンアセチルアセトナート、チタンオクチレングリコレート、テトライソプロポキシチタン、テトラメトキシチタン等が挙げられる。 Examples of polyfunctional metal compounds include aluminum chelate compounds, titanium chelate compounds, trimethoxyaluminum and the like. Examples of the aluminum chelate compound include aluminum trisacetylacetonate, aluminum ethylacetoacetate / diisopropylate and the like. Examples of titanium chelate compounds include titanium tetraacetylacetonate, titanium acetylacetonate, titanium octylene glycolate, tetraisopropoxy titanium, tetramethoxy titanium and the like.
 表面層において、架橋剤(D)の含有量は、加熱前後の剥離力の差を小さくし、さらには表面層の成分を物品に移行し難くする観点から、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)及び変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)の合計100質量部に対して、3質量部以上であることが好ましく、4質量部以上であることがより好ましく、5質量部以上であることがさらに好ましい。また、同様の観点から、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)及び変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)の合計100質量部に対して、30質量部以下であることが好ましく、20質量部以下であることがより好ましく、10質量部以下であることがさらに好ましい。 In the surface layer, the content of the crosslinking agent (D) reduces the difference in peel force before and after heating, and further makes it difficult to transfer the components of the surface layer to the article, the modified acrylic resin (A) and the modified resin It is preferable that it is 3 mass parts or more with respect to a total of 100 mass parts of resin (B) different from acrylic resin (A), It is more preferable that it is 4 mass parts or more, It is 5 mass parts or more Is more preferred. Moreover, it is preferable that it is 30 mass parts or less with respect to a total of 100 mass parts of resin (B) different from modified acrylic resin (A) and modified acrylic resin (A) from the same viewpoint, and 20 mass It is more preferably part or less, further preferably 10 parts by mass or less.
 <その他の成分>
[添加剤]
 表面層及び基材層には、それぞれ、主成分である樹脂成分に加えて、さらに、必要に応じて少なくとも1種の添加剤が含まれていてもよい。添加剤としては、例えば、酸触媒、酸化防止剤、塩素吸収剤、紫外線吸収剤等の安定剤、滑剤、可塑剤、難燃化剤、帯電防止剤、着色剤及びアンチブロッキング剤等が挙げられる。このような添加剤を、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内で基材層及び表面層に添加してよい。少なくとも1種の添加剤を、基材層及び表面層のいずれかにのみ含有させてもよいし、基材層及び表面層の全ての層に含有させてもよい。また、基材層及び表面層は、互いに同一又は異なる添加剤を含有してよい。
<Other ingredients>
[Additive]
Each of the surface layer and the base material layer may further contain at least one additive as necessary, in addition to the resin component as the main component. Examples of the additive include an acid catalyst, an antioxidant, a chlorine absorber, a stabilizer such as an ultraviolet absorber, a lubricant, a plasticizer, a flame retardant, an antistatic agent, a colorant, and an antiblocking agent. . Such additives may be added to the base layer and the surface layer within the range not impairing the effects of the present invention. At least one additive may be contained only in any of the base layer and the surface layer, or may be contained in all layers of the base layer and the surface layer. The base layer and the surface layer may also contain the same or different additives.
 「酸触媒」は、架橋反応により塗膜の緻密性が向上し、オリゴマーの析出を抑制することができる。この架橋反応の酸触媒として、例えばパラトルエンスルホン酸、パラトルエンスルホン酸メチル、パラトルエンスルホン酸エチル、パラトルエンスルホン酸nブチル、ベンゼンスルホン酸、スルホン酸、メタンスルホン酸等の酸性触媒を好適に使用できる。酸触媒は、1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。酸触媒の使用量は、表面層を構成する樹脂成分100質量部に対して0.1質量部以上であることが好ましく、0.3質量部以上であることがより好ましく、0.5質量部以上であることがさらに好ましい。また、酸触媒の使用量は、表面層を構成する樹脂成分100質量部に対して3質量部以下であることが好ましく、2質量部以下であることがより好ましく、1.5質量部以下であることがさらに好ましい。 The “acid catalyst” can improve the compactness of the coating film by the crosslinking reaction, and can suppress the precipitation of the oligomer. As an acid catalyst for this crosslinking reaction, for example, an acidic catalyst such as paratoluenesulfonic acid, methyl paratoluenesulfonate, ethyl paratoluenesulfonate, n-butyl paratoluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonic acid, sulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid and the like is preferably used. It can be used. An acid catalyst can be used 1 type or in combination of 2 or more types. The amount of the acid catalyst used is preferably 0.1 parts by mass or more, more preferably 0.3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 0.5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component constituting the surface layer. It is more preferable that it is more than. The amount of the acid catalyst used is preferably 3 parts by mass or less, more preferably 2 parts by mass or less, and 1.5 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin component constituting the surface layer. It is further preferred that
 酸化防止剤としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール(一般名称:BHT)や、フェノール系、ヒンダードアミン系、ホスファイト系、ラクトン系及びトコフェロール系の酸化防止剤が挙げられる。具体的には、ジブチルヒドロキシトルエン、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス[3-(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシフェニル)プロピオネート]、1,3,5-トリメチル-2,4,6-トリス(3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4ヒドロキシ)ベンゼン及びトリス(2,4-ジ-t-ブチルフェニル)ホスファイト等を挙げることができる。 The antioxidant is not particularly limited, and, for example, 2,6-di-tert-butyl-p-cresol (general name: BHT), phenol type, hindered amine type, phosphite type, lactone type and tocopherol type Antioxidants are mentioned. Specifically, dibutyl hydroxytoluene, pentaerythritol tetrakis [3- (3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], 1,3,5-trimethyl-2,4,6-tris ( Examples include 3,5-di-t-butyl-4hydroxy) benzene and tris (2,4-di-t-butylphenyl) phosphite.
 「塩素吸収剤」としては、特に限定されないが、例えばステアリン酸カルシウム等の金属石鹸が挙げられる。 The "chlorine absorber" is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include metal soaps such as calcium stearate.
 「紫外線吸収剤」としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、ベンゾトリアゾール(BASF製Tinuvin328等)、ベンゾフェノン(Cytec製Cysorb UV-531等)及びハイドロキシベンゾエート(Ferro製UV-CHEK-AM-340等)等が挙げられる。 The "UV absorber" is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include benzotriazole (such as Tinuvin 328 manufactured by BASF), benzophenone (such as Cysorb UV-531 manufactured by Cytec), hydroxybenzoate (such as UV-CHEK-AM-340 manufactured by Ferro), etc. Can be mentioned.
 「可塑剤」としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、クエン酸エステル、フタル酸ジブチル、ポリエチレングリコール類、プロピレングリコール類、グリセリンなどが挙げられる。 The "plasticizer" is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include citric acid ester, dibutyl phthalate, polyethylene glycols, propylene glycols, glycerin and the like.
 「難燃化剤」としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、ハロゲン化合物、水酸化アルミニウム、水酸化マグネシウム、リン酸塩、ボレート及びアンチモン酸化物等が挙げられる。 The "flame retardant" is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include halogen compounds, aluminum hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, phosphate, borate and antimony oxide.
 「帯電防止剤」としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、グリセリンモノエステル(グリセリンモノステアレート等)、及びエトキシル化された第二級アミン等が挙げられる。 The "antistatic agent" is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include glycerin monoester (glycerin monostearate and the like), and an ethoxylated secondary amine.
 「着色剤」としては、各種有色染料や有色顔料、蛍光染料が挙げられる。 Examples of the "colorant" include various colored dyes, colored pigments, and fluorescent dyes.
 「アンチブロッキング剤」は、ブロッキング防止のために添加され、核剤としての効果を発現しない限り特に限定されない。アンチブロッキング剤としては、例えば、シリカ、アルミナ、(合成)ゼオライト、炭酸カルシウム、カオリン、タルク、マイカ、酸化亜鉛、酸化マグネシウム、石英、炭酸マグネシウム、硫酸パリウム及び二酸化チタン等の無機粒子、並びにポリスチレン粒子、ポリアクリル系粒子、ポリメチルメタクリレート(PMMA)系粒子、架橋ポリエチレン粒子、ポリエステル粒子、ポリアミド粒子、ポリカーボネート粒子、ポリエーテル粒子、ポリエーテルスルホン粒子、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリフェニレンスルフィド、ポリエーテルエーテルケトン、ポリアミドイミド粒子、(架橋)メラミン樹脂粒子、ベンゾグアナミン樹脂粒子、尿素樹脂粒子、アミノ樹脂粒子、フラン樹脂粒子、エポキシ樹脂粒子、フェノール樹脂粒子、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂粒子、ビニルエステル樹脂粒子、ジアリルフタレート樹脂粒子、ポリイミド樹脂粒子、脂肪酸アミド粒子及び脂肪酸グリセリンエステル化合物粒子等の有機粒子が挙げられる。アンチブロッキング剤は、0.1μm~10μmの粒子径を有する粒子であることが好ましく、PMMA粒子及びシリカ粒子が、耐ブロッキング性及び滑り性付与に優れるためより好ましい。例えば前述の基材層にこのような粒子を含有させることにより、基材層の表裏面の滑り性が向上し、ブロッキングを抑制することができる。 The "anti-blocking agent" is added to prevent blocking and is not particularly limited as long as the effect as a nucleating agent is not exhibited. Examples of antiblocking agents include silica, alumina, (synthetic) zeolite, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, mica, zinc oxide, magnesium oxide, quartz, magnesium carbonate, palladium carbonate, palladium sulfate, titanium dioxide, etc., and polystyrene particles , Polyacrylic particles, polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) particles, crosslinked polyethylene particles, polyester particles, polyamide particles, polycarbonate particles, polycarbonate particles, polyether particles, polyether sulfone particles, polyetherimide, polyphenylene sulfide, polyether ether ketone, polyamide Imide particles, (crosslinked) melamine resin particles, benzoguanamine resin particles, urea resin particles, amino resin particles, furan resin particles, epoxy resin particles, phenol resin particles, unsaturated polyester Ether resin particles, a vinyl ester resin particles, diallyl phthalate resin particles, polyimide resin particles, the organic particles such as fatty acid amides particles and fatty acid glycerol ester compound particles and the like. The antiblocking agent is preferably particles having a particle size of 0.1 μm to 10 μm, and PMMA particles and silica particles are more preferable because they are excellent in blocking resistance and slipperiness. For example, when such particles are contained in the above-mentioned base material layer, the slipperiness of front and back of the base material layer can be improved, and blocking can be suppressed.
 また、第1の実施形態において、電気部品等に悪影響を及ぼさないように、表面層にシリコーン化合物を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、シリコーン化合物を実質的に含有しないとは、シリコーン化合物の量が、好ましくは、500μg/g以下、より好ましくは、100μg/g以下のことをいう。 Moreover, in the first embodiment, it is preferable that the surface layer does not substantially contain a silicone compound so as not to adversely affect the electrical parts and the like. The term "substantially free of silicone compound" means that the amount of silicone compound is preferably 500 μg / g or less, more preferably 100 μg / g or less.
 表面層の厚みは、剥離性を高めやすい観点から、好ましくは0.01μm以上であり、より好ましくは0.05μm以上であり、特に好ましくは0.1μm以上である。表面層の厚みは、ポリマー成分の基材層への移行の観点から、好ましくは3μm以下であり、より好ましくは1.5μm以下であり、より好ましくは1μm以下である。表面層の厚みは、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)(例えば株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ製「HT7700型」)を用いて観測され、具体的には実施例に記載の方法によって測定される。 The thickness of the surface layer is preferably 0.01 μm or more, more preferably 0.05 μm or more, and particularly preferably 0.1 μm or more from the viewpoint of easily enhancing the releasability. The thickness of the surface layer is preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 1.5 μm or less, and more preferably 1 μm or less, from the viewpoint of transfer of the polymer component to the base layer. The thickness of the surface layer is observed using a transmission electron microscope (TEM) (for example, “HT7700 type” manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation), and specifically measured by the method described in the examples.
〔表面層の作製方法〕
 表面層は、基材層上に、表面層を形成する樹脂成分を積層することにより形成することができる。表面層の作製方法の好適な態様として、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)、及び架橋剤(D)、さらには必要に応じてその他の成分等と、少なくとも1種の溶媒とを含有する塗工液を基材層の上に塗工し、前記樹脂(A)と前記樹脂(B)とを架橋させ、且つ、前記塗工により得られた塗工層から溶媒を除去することにより形成される。
[Method of producing surface layer]
The surface layer can be formed by laminating a resin component that forms the surface layer on the base material layer. Preferred embodiments of the method for producing the surface layer include a modified acrylic resin (A), a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D), and, if necessary, other components. A coating solution containing at least one solvent and the like on the base material layer, the resin (A) and the resin (B) are crosslinked, and obtained by the coating It is formed by removing the solvent from the coated layer.
 前記溶媒としては、上記塗工液中の溶媒以外の成分を溶解及び/又は均一に分散させることができれば特に限定されない。前記溶媒としては、例えば、メチルエチルケトン(MEK)及び酢酸エチル等のケトン/エステル系の有機溶媒、並びにn-ヘプタン及びメチルシクロへキサン等の脂肪族炭化水素等の有機溶媒が挙げられる。溶媒の沸点は、塗工液のハンドリング性と剥離性フィルムの製造効率を高めやすい観点から、好ましくは10~150℃であり、より好ましくは20~120℃である。溶媒は、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 The solvent is not particularly limited as long as components other than the solvent in the coating liquid can be dissolved and / or uniformly dispersed. Examples of the solvent include organic solvents of ketone / ester type such as methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) and ethyl acetate, and organic solvents such as aliphatic hydrocarbon such as n-heptane and methyl cyclohexane. The boiling point of the solvent is preferably 10 to 150 ° C., more preferably 20 to 120 ° C., from the viewpoint of easily improving the handling property of the coating liquid and the production efficiency of the peelable film. Only one type of solvent may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
 塗工液中の溶媒以外の成分の濃度(いわゆる、溶媒を除去した後に表面層に残る固形分成分の濃度であり、例えば、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)、及び架橋剤(D)、さらには必要に応じて配合されるその他の成分の合計濃度)は、限定的ではないが、塗工液の安定性及び塗工適性の観点から、塗工液の総量に対して1~24質量%であることが好ましく、1~19質量%であることがより好ましく、2~14質量%であることがさらに好ましく、2~10質量%が特に好ましい。塗工方法は特に限定されず、例えば、ブレードコータ、エアナイフコータ、ロールコータ、バーコータ、グラビアコータ、マイクログラビアコータ、ロッドブレードコータ、リップコータ、ダイコータ、カーテンコータ、又は印刷機等を用いた方法が挙げられる。 Concentration of components other than the solvent in the coating liquid (so-called concentration of solid component remaining in the surface layer after removing the solvent, for example, modified acrylic resin (A), modified acrylic resin (A) The total concentration of different resins (B), crosslinking agent (D), and other components optionally blended is not limited, but from the viewpoint of coating liquid stability and coating suitability. The amount is preferably 1 to 24% by mass, more preferably 1 to 19% by mass, still more preferably 2 to 14% by mass, and 2 to 10% by mass with respect to the total amount of the coating liquid. Particularly preferred. The coating method is not particularly limited. For example, a method using a blade coater, an air knife coater, a roll coater, a bar coater, a gravure coater, a microgravure coater, a rod blade coater, a lip coater, a die coater, a curtain coater, or a printing machine is mentioned. Be
 塗工層中の前記樹脂(A)と前記樹脂(B)とを架橋させる方法としては、前記架橋剤(D)の存在下、塗工層を加熱することが挙げられる。例えば、塗工層に熱風を当てて加熱する方法、及び塗工層を赤外線等の電磁波で加熱すること、等が挙げられる。
 塗工層から溶媒を除去する方法は、溶媒を揮発させることができれば特に限定されない。なお、溶媒を除去するとは、溶媒を完全に取り除くことのみを意味するのではなく、層が形成される程度に溶媒を取り除くことも含む。溶媒を除去する方法としては、例えば塗工層に風を当てて乾燥させる方法、及び塗工層を加熱することにより乾燥させる方法、等が挙げられる。
 溶媒除去と架橋反応の促進を両立しやすい観点から、風による乾燥温度、又は加熱温度は、70~170℃が好ましく、90~150℃がより好ましい。また、乾燥時間又は加熱時間は、10~300秒が好ましく、15~90秒がより好ましく、20~50秒がよりさらに好ましい。
As a method of crosslinking the resin (A) and the resin (B) in the coating layer, heating the coating layer in the presence of the crosslinking agent (D) may be mentioned. For example, a method of applying hot air to the coating layer for heating, and heating the coating layer with an electromagnetic wave such as infrared rays may be mentioned.
The method for removing the solvent from the coating layer is not particularly limited as long as the solvent can be volatilized. Note that removing the solvent does not only mean completely removing the solvent, but also includes removing the solvent to such an extent that a layer is formed. Examples of the method for removing the solvent include a method of applying a wind to the coated layer to dry it, a method of drying the coated layer by heating, and the like.
The drying temperature by heating or the heating temperature is preferably 70 to 170 ° C., and more preferably 90 to 150 ° C., from the viewpoint of easily achieving both solvent removal and acceleration of the crosslinking reaction. The drying time or heating time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 15 to 90 seconds, and still more preferably 20 to 50 seconds.
 第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムは、延伸されても延伸されなくてもよいが、良好な軽い剥離性を得やすい観点から、表面層は無延伸であることが好ましい。 Although the peelable film of the first embodiment may or may not be stretched, it is preferable that the surface layer be non-stretched from the viewpoint of easily obtaining good light peelability.
〔剥離性フィルム表面の粗面化〕
 第1の実施形態において、剥離性フィルムの表面に、剥離性フィルムとして用いる場合の貼り合わせ等に支障が無い範囲で、巻き適性を向上させる微細な表面粗さを付与してもよい。剥離性フィルム表面に微細な凹凸を与える方法としては、エンボス法、エッチング法等、及び公知の各種粗面化方法を採用することができる。
[Roughening of Releasable Film Surface]
In the first embodiment, the surface of the peelable film may be provided with a fine surface roughness for improving the winding suitability, as long as there is no hindrance to the bonding in the case of using as a peelable film. An embossing method, an etching method, etc. and various well-known roughening methods can be employ | adopted as a method of providing fine unevenness | corrugation on the peelable film surface.
 第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムは、T字ピール剥離力が非常に軽い(非常に低い)ものから適度に軽い(適度に低い)ものまで、使用用途に応じて適宜設定することができる。剥離性フィルムの被着体に対する密着性を高めやすい観点から、好ましくは0.01N/25mm以上、より好ましくは0.02N/25mm以上、さらに好ましくは0.05N/25mm以上である。T字ピール剥離力は、剥離性を高めやすい観点から、好ましくは2.00N/25mm以下であり、より好ましくは1.50N/25mm以下であり、より好ましくは1.00N/25mm以下であり、より好ましくは0.70N/25mm以下であり、より好ましくは0.50N/25mm以下であり、より好ましくは0.40N/25mm以下であり、より好ましくは0.30N/25mm以下であり、より好ましくは0.25N/25mm以下であり、より好ましくは0.22N/25mm以下であり、さらに好ましくは0.20N/25mm以下である。剥離性フィルムのT字ピール剥離力は、下記方法により測定される。 The peelable film of the first embodiment can be appropriately set depending on the use application from a very light (very low) T-peel peel force to a moderately light (moderately low) peel force. From the viewpoint of easily enhancing the adhesion of the peelable film to the adherend, it is preferably 0.01 N / 25 mm or more, more preferably 0.02 N / 25 mm or more, and still more preferably 0.05 N / 25 mm or more. The T-peel peeling force is preferably 2.00 N / 25 mm or less, more preferably 1.50 N / 25 mm or less, and more preferably 1.00 N / 25 mm or less, from the viewpoint of easily increasing the peelability. More preferably, it is 0.70 N / 25 mm or less, more preferably 0.50 N / 25 mm or less, more preferably 0.40 N / 25 mm or less, more preferably 0.30 N / 25 mm or less, more preferably Is 0.25 N / 25 mm or less, more preferably 0.22 N / 25 mm or less, and still more preferably 0.20 N / 25 mm or less. The T-peel peeling force of the peelable film is measured by the following method.
〔T字ピール剥離力〕
 常温(25℃)環境において、剥離性フィルムの表面層側のフィルム表面に、幅50mm×長さ200mmのポリエステル粘着テープ(日東電工株式会社製NO.31Bテープ、アクリル系粘着剤)を、2kgのローラーを2往復させることにより貼付する。得られたフィルムを、160℃で90秒間加熱処理した後、温度70℃、湿度50%の環境下で20時間静置する。次に、常温環境(25℃)において、得られたフィルムから25mm幅に切り出した試料を測定試料とし、引っ張り試験機(例えば、ミネベア株式会社製 万能引張試験機 テクノグラフTGI-1kN)を用いて1000mm/分の速度でT字ピール剥離を行い、その際の剥離力を測定する。このように測定される値を、T字ピール剥離力(加熱前T字ピール剥離力)とする。
[T-peel peeling force]
In a normal temperature (25 ° C.) environment, 2 kg of polyester adhesive tape (Nitto Denko Corporation NO. 31 B tape, acrylic adhesive) 50 mm wide × 200 mm long on the surface of the peelable film on the surface layer side Apply by reciprocating the roller twice. The obtained film is heat-treated at 160 ° C. for 90 seconds, and then allowed to stand for 20 hours under an environment of 70 ° C. and 50% humidity. Next, in a normal temperature environment (25 ° C.), a sample cut out from the obtained film to a width of 25 mm is used as a measurement sample and a tensile tester (for example, a universal tensile tester Technograph TGI-1kN manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.) T-peel peeling is performed at a speed of 1000 mm / min, and the peeling force at that time is measured. The value measured in this manner is referred to as T-peel peeling force (T-peel peeling force before heating).
 また、第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムの加熱後T字ピール剥離力は、加熱前T字ピール剥離力との差が少ないことが好ましく、(加熱後T字ピール剥離力)-(加熱前T字ピール剥離力)の値は、-0.20~+0.20が好ましく、-0.10~+0.10がより好ましく、-0.08~+0.05がさらに好ましく、-0.04~+0.02が特に好ましい。剥離性フィルムの加熱後T字ピール剥離力は、下記方法により測定される。 Further, it is preferable that the post-heating T-peel peeling force of the peelable film of the first embodiment has a small difference from the pre-heating T-peel peeling force ((T-peel peeling force after heating))-(before heating) The value of T-peel peeling force) is preferably -0.20 to +0.20, more preferably -0.10 to +0.10, still more preferably -0.08 to +0.05, and -0.04 to +0.02 is particularly preferred. The post-heating T-peel peeling force of the peelable film is measured by the following method.
〔加熱後T字ピール剥離力〕
 常温(25℃)環境において、剥離性フィルムの表面層側のフィルム表面に幅50mm×長さ200mmのポリエステル粘着テープ(日東電工株式会社製NO.31Bテープ、アクリル系粘着剤)を、2kgのローラーを2往復させることにより貼付し、処理前貼付品を得る。次いで、当該貼付品に対して160℃で90秒間の加熱処理をする。なお、当該加熱処理においては、熱風乾燥機を使用する。ここで、160℃で90秒間の加熱処理とは、160℃に設定された熱風乾燥機中に当該貼付品を載置したことを意味する。次いで、当該貼付品に対して、5KPaの荷重となるように錘を載せ、70℃で湿度50%の環境下で、20時間静置する。次に、常温環境(25℃)において、得られたフィルムから25mm幅に切り出した試料を測定試料とし、引っ張り試験機(例えば、ミネベア株式会社製 万能引張試験機 テクノグラフTGI-1kN)を用いて1000mm/分の速度でT字ピール剥離を行い、その際の剥離力を測定する。このように測定される値を、加熱後T字ピール剥離力とする。
[T-peel peeling force after heating]
In a normal temperature (25 ° C) environment, a 2 kg roller with a 50 mm wide and 200 mm long polyester adhesive tape (Nitto Denko Corporation NO. 31 B tape, acrylic adhesive) on the film surface of the peelable film on the surface layer side Paste by making 2 reciprocations to obtain a patch before treatment. Next, the patch is heat-treated at 160 ° C. for 90 seconds. In the heat treatment, a hot air drier is used. Here, the heat treatment at 160 ° C. for 90 seconds means that the patch was placed in a hot air dryer set at 160 ° C. Next, a weight is placed on the patch so as to give a load of 5 KPa, and the patch is allowed to stand at 70 ° C. under an environment of 50% humidity for 20 hours. Next, in a normal temperature environment (25 ° C.), a sample cut out from the obtained film to a width of 25 mm is used as a measurement sample and a tensile tester (for example, a universal tensile tester Technograph TGI-1kN manufactured by Minebea Co., Ltd.) T-peel peeling is performed at a speed of 1000 mm / min, and the peeling force at that time is measured. The value thus measured is taken as the T-peel peeling force after heating.
〔剥離性フィルムの厚み〕
 剥離性フィルムの厚みは、剥離性フィルムとしての取り扱い性の観点から、好ましくは18μm以上であり、より好ましくは20μm以上である。剥離性フィルムの厚みは、剥離性フィルムとしての取り扱い性の観点から、好ましくは100μm以下であり、より好ましくは50μm以下である。第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムの厚みはマイクロメーター(JIS B-7502)を用いて、JIS C-2151に準拠して測定される。
[Thickness of Peelable Film]
The thickness of the peelable film is preferably 18 μm or more, more preferably 20 μm or more from the viewpoint of the handleability as a peelable film. The thickness of the peelable film is preferably 100 μm or less, more preferably 50 μm or less, from the viewpoint of handleability as a peelable film. The thickness of the peelable film of the first embodiment is measured using a micrometer (JIS B-7502) according to JIS C-2151.
 第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムは、良好な剥離性を有すると共に、熱処理された後においても上記良好な剥離性を維持するため、剥離用のフィルムとして優れている。第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムは、工業分野及び医療分野などにおいて広く使用することができ、例えば、表面保護フィルム及び粘着テープ等に使用する剥離フィルム、剥離ライナー又はセパレータフィルム、半導体製品製造時に使用される工程(ダイシング、ダイボンディング、バックグラインド)テープのセパレータフィルム、セラミックコンデンサ製造時の未焼成シート形成用キャリアーならびに複合材料製造時のキャリアー、保護材のセパレータフィルム等として好適に使用される。なお、前記未焼成シートをグリーンシートともいい、前記キャリアーを工程フィルムともいう。第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムは、テープ又はシート;電気機器、電子機器、ウェアラブル機器、医療機器及び建材等の樹脂部材;上記半導体製品製造時の工程において製造される中間部材;各種電気部品(ハードディスク、モータ、コネクタ、スイッチ等);上記キャリアーとして使用する場合のその対象物;ドライフィルムレジスト;等の被着体に対し貼り付けて使用される。なお、上述の被着体が接着剤層(一例として、溶剤系、エマルション系、ホットメルト系の感圧性接着剤層)を有する場合、第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムの表面層と当該接着剤層とが貼り合わされるように第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムが被着体に対して貼り付けて使用されてもよい。第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムを対象物に貼り付ける方法は、特に限定されない。第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムは対象物に、例えば、貼り付ける面積に応じて剥離性フィルムを適宜切断して貼り付けてもよいし、第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムもそれを貼り付ける対象物もそれぞれロール状に捲回されている場合はロールツーロールで貼り合わせてもよい。 The peelable film of the first embodiment is excellent as a peelable film because it has good peelability and maintains the above-mentioned good peelability even after being heat-treated. The peelable film of the first embodiment can be widely used in the industrial field, medical field, etc. For example, a peelable film used for a surface protection film, an adhesive tape, etc., a release liner or separator film, at the time of producing a semiconductor product It is suitably used as a separator film of a process (dicing, die bonding, back grinding) tape used, a carrier for forming an unfired sheet at the time of producing a ceramic capacitor, a carrier at the time of producing a composite material, a separator film of a protective material and the like. In addition, the said unbaked sheet | seat is also called a green sheet, and the said carrier is also called process film. The peelable film of the first embodiment is a tape or sheet; resin members such as electric devices, electronic devices, wearable devices, medical devices and building materials; intermediate members manufactured in the process of manufacturing the semiconductor product; various electric parts (Hard disk, motor, connector, switch, etc.); object in the case of using as the above-mentioned carrier; dry film resist; When the adherend described above has an adhesive layer (for example, a solvent-based, emulsion-based or hot-melt pressure-sensitive adhesive layer), the surface layer of the peelable film of the first embodiment and the adhesive The peelable film of the first embodiment may be used by being attached to an adherend so that the agent layer is laminated. The method of affixing the peelable film of the first embodiment to an object is not particularly limited. The peelable film of the first embodiment may be appropriately cut and attached to the object according to, for example, the area to which it is attached, or the peelable film of the first embodiment may also be attached. The objects to be attached may also be bonded by roll-to-roll if they are each wound in a roll.
<第2の実施形態>
 第2の実施形態に係る剥離性フィルムは、基材層と、該基材層の少なくとも一方側に表面層を有する積層フィルムである。
Second Embodiment
The peelable film according to the second embodiment is a laminated film having a base material layer and a surface layer on at least one side of the base material layer.
〔基材層〕
 第2の実施形態において、基材層に関する説明は、前記の第1の実施形態での説明と同じである。
[Base material layer]
In the second embodiment, the description on the base material layer is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
〔表面層〕
 第2の実施形態の剥離性フィルムは、基材層上に表面層を有する。表面層は、剥離性フィルムに剥離性を付与するための層である。表面層は、基材層との間に接着剤層等の各層を介して基材層の上に形成されていてもよいが、表面層の主面が基材層の主面と接するように表面層が形成されていることが好ましい。
[Surface layer]
The peelable film of the second embodiment has a surface layer on a base material layer. The surface layer is a layer for imparting releasability to the releasable film. The surface layer may be formed on the base material layer through each layer such as an adhesive layer between the base layer and the base layer, but the main surface of the surface layer is in contact with the main surface of the base material layer. Preferably, a surface layer is formed.
 第2の実施形態に係る剥離性フィルムは、表面層中の最表面から基材層に向けて垂直に深さ5nmの位置に存在する全元素含有量に対する炭素の含有量比MC5(atomic%)が98以上(より具体的には、98.0以上)である(即ち、98≦MC5、さらには98.0≦MC5ともいえる)。上記MC5が98atomic%を下回る(即ち、MC5<98)である場合、アルキル鎖が表面層の最表面側に偏析していないこととなり、十分な剥離性を付与できなくなる虞がある。MC5の上限値については、限定的ではないが、MC5≦99(より具体的には、MC5≦99.0であり、MC5が99以下、さらには99.0以下)が好ましい。MC5を調整する手段としては、後述する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)成分の割合の調整、層の厚さの調整、等が挙げられる。 The peelable film according to the second embodiment has a carbon content ratio M C5 (atomic%) to the total element content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer to the base material layer ) Is 98 or more (more specifically, 98.0 or more) (i.e., 98 ≦ M C5 , and further 98.0 ≦ M C5 ). The M C5 falls below 98atomic% (i.e., M C5 <98) if it is, becomes the alkyl chain is not segregated on the outermost surface side of the surface layer, there is a possibility that not be possible to impart sufficient releasability. The upper limit of M C5, but are not limited to, (more specifically, an M C5 ≦ 99.0, M C5 99 or less, more 99.0 or less) M C5 ≦ 99 are preferable. As a means to adjust MC5 , adjustment of the ratio of the modified acrylic resin (A) component mentioned later, adjustment of the thickness of a layer, etc. are mentioned.
 <MC5とMC40との関係>
 前記表面層中の最表面から基材層に向けて垂直に深さ5nmの位置に存在する全元素含有量に対する炭素の含有量比をMC5(atomic%)とし、前記表面層中の最表面から基材層に向けて垂直に深さ40nmの位置に存在する全元素含有量に対する炭素の含有量比をMC40(atomic%)とすると、MC5とMC40との関係は1.01≦MC5/MC40≦1.10であることが好ましい。MC5/MC40が1.01≦MC5/MC40≦1.10である場合、よりアルキル鎖が表面層の最表面側に偏析していることを示し、十分な剥離性が得られる。
<Relationship between the M C5 and M C40>
The ratio of the content of carbon to the total elemental content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer toward the base material layer is M C5 (atomic%), and the outermost surface in the surface layer Assuming that the content ratio of carbon to the total element content present at a depth of 40 nm vertically toward the base material layer is M C40 (atomic%), the relationship between M C5 and M C40 is 1.01 ≦ It is preferable that M C5 / M C40 ≦ 1.10. When M C5 / M C40 is 1.01 ≦ M C5 / M C40 ≦ 1.10, it indicates that the alkyl chain is segregated on the outermost surface side of the surface layer, and sufficient peelability can be obtained.
 第2の実施形態において、MC5とMC40との関係は、1.03≦MC5/MC40≦1.10が好ましく、1.04≦MC5/MC40≦1.10がより好ましく、1.04≦MC5/MC40≦1.09がさらに好ましい。上記MC5とMC40との関係における各好ましい態様は、良好な剥離性という観点から見出されたものである。 In the second embodiment, the relationship between the M C5 and M C40 is preferably 1.03 ≦ M C5 / M C40 ≦ 1.10, more preferably 1.04 ≦ M C5 / M C40 ≦ 1.10, It is further preferable that 1.04 ≦ M C5 / M C40 ≦ 1.09. Each preferred embodiment of the relationship between the M C5 and M C40 are those found from the viewpoint of good release properties.
 ここで、MC5/MC40の技術的意義を説明する。MC5/MC40はアルキル基の鎖が最表面に偏析することの程度(度合)を示すものである。MC5/MC40値が大きいとアルキル鎖が最表面に対して、より偏析していることを示す。ここで、表面層において、1.01≦MC5/MC40≦1.10である場合、表面層の最表面にアルキル鎖が偏析するので、当該アルキル鎖以外の基や成分が基材層や基材層と隣接するその他の層と相互作用する、と考えられる。このような機構のため、第2の実施形態の剥離性フィルムは、前記アルキル鎖による良好な剥離性という効果と、高温下に晒された後において、表面層に貼られた対象物に対して良好な剥離性を維持するという効果を兼ね備える、と推測される。 Here, the technical significance of M C5 / M C40 will be described. M C5 / M C40 indicates the degree (degree) of segregation of the alkyl chain on the outermost surface. A large M C5 / M C40 value indicates that the alkyl chain is more segregated with respect to the outermost surface. Here, in the surface layer, when 1.01 ≦ M C5 / M C40 ≦ 1. 10, the alkyl chain is segregated on the outermost surface of the surface layer, and therefore groups or components other than the alkyl chain are the base material layer or It is believed to interact with the substrate layer and other layers adjacent thereto. Due to such a mechanism, the peelable film of the second embodiment has an effect of good peelability by the alkyl chain and an object attached to the surface layer after being exposed to high temperature. It is speculated that it has the effect of maintaining good releasability.
 MC5、MC40、及びMC5/MC40の値を調整する手段としては、それぞれ、後述の変性アクリル系樹脂(A)内のアルキルアクリレート成分の種類及びその含有量;後述の樹脂(B)の種類およびその含有量;などが挙げられる。一例として、第2の実施形態に係るフィルムにおいて、表面層が後述の変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と後述の樹脂(B)を含み、且つ前記樹脂(B)がポリエステル樹脂である場合、前記樹脂(B)の含有量が多ければ多いほど、MC5値は小さくなる傾向であり、MC5/MC40値は大きくなる傾向にある。 As a means to adjust the value of M C5 , M C40 , and M C5 / M C40 , respectively, the kind and content of the alkyl acrylate component in the modified acrylic resin (A) described later; resin (B) described later And their contents; and the like. As an example, in the film according to the second embodiment, when the surface layer contains a modified acrylic resin (A) described later and a resin (B) described later, and the resin (B) is a polyester resin, the resin As the content of (B) increases, the MC5 value tends to decrease, and the MC5 / MC40 value tends to increase.
 本発明及び本明細書において、MC5及びMC40の値は、それぞれ実施例に記載された手法によって測定し、MC5/MC40の値は上記測定値から算出される。 In the present invention, and herein, the value of M C5 and M C40 is measured by the technique described in each embodiment, the value of M C5 / M C40 is calculated from the measured values.
 剥離性フィルムの表面層中の最表面から基材層に向けて垂直に深さ5nmの位置に存在する全元素含有量に対する炭素の含有量比MC5(atomic%)は、Arイオンスパッタリングによって表面層を最表面側から削りながらXPS分析を実施し、測定した値である。測定器としてX線電子分光(XPS)測定器 ESCA LAB250(Thermo VG scientific社製)を用い、測定モード:モノクロメータ、X線源:Al、測定面積:500μmφ、測定元素:炭素(C)で測定する。スパッタリングの条件は、照射イオン:アルゴン(Ar)、電流値:2.5(μA)、電圧:120(V)、スパッタレート:0.1(nm/sec)とする。 The carbon content ratio M C5 (atomic%) to the total element content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer of the peelable film toward the substrate layer is the surface by Ar ion sputtering It is a value measured by conducting XPS analysis while shaving the layer from the outermost surface side. Measurement mode: Measurement mode: Monochromator, X-ray source: Al, measurement area: 500 μmφ, measurement element: carbon (C) using an X-ray electron spectroscopy (XPS) measuring instrument ESCA LAB 250 (manufactured by Thermo VG scientific) Do. The conditions of sputtering are: irradiation ion: argon (Ar), current value: 2.5 (μA), voltage: 120 (V), sputtering rate: 0.1 (nm / sec).
 剥離性フィルムの表面層中の最表面から基材層に向けて垂直に深さ40nmの位置に存在する全元素含有量に対する炭素の含有量比MC40(atomic%)は、MC5と同様、Arイオンスパッタリングによって表面層を最表面側から削りながらXPS分析を実施し、測定した値である。また、MC40の測定条件(測定器、測定モード、X線源、測定面積、測定元素等)及びスパッタリングの条件(照射イオン、電流値、電圧、スパッタレート等)については、上記MC5の測定条件のときと同様である。 The content ratio of carbon to total element content at the position of the vertical depth 40nm towards the base layer from the outermost surface of the surface layer of the peelable film M C40 (atomic%), similar to M C5, This is a value measured by carrying out XPS analysis while shaving the surface layer from the outermost surface side by Ar ion sputtering. Also, measurement conditions M C40 (measuring instrument, measurement mode, X-rays source, the measurement area, the measurement elements and the like) and sputtering conditions (irradiation ion current, voltage, sputtering rate, etc.) for the measurement of the M C5 The same as in the condition.
 表面層を形成する主成分は、樹脂成分である。また、前記樹脂成分は、アルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)と、架橋剤(D)とを含むことが好ましい。すなわち、表面層は、樹脂成分としてアルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)、及び架橋剤(D)とを含む樹脂組成物の硬化物によって構成されていることが好ましい。第2の実施形態の剥離性フィルムにおいて、表面層を形成する主成分が樹脂成分であって、前記樹脂成分が、アルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)と、架橋剤(D)とを含む場合、剥離力が軽いという良好な剥離性を有すると共に、耐熱性に優れる剥離性フィルムがより得られ易い。以下、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)、及び架橋剤(D)について詳述する。 The main component forming the surface layer is a resin component. Further, the resin component contains a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D). Is preferred. That is, the surface layer comprises a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group as a resin component, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D). It is preferable to be comprised by the hardened | cured material of the resin composition to contain. In the peelable film of the second embodiment, the main component that forms the surface layer is a resin component, and the resin component is an alkyl component and a modified acrylic resin (A) having a crosslinkable functional group, and the modified resin. When the resin (B) different from the acrylic resin (A) and the cross-linking agent (D) are included, a peelable film having excellent peelability and light resistance is easily obtained while having good peelability that the peel force is light. . Hereinafter, the modified acrylic resin (A), the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and the crosslinking agent (D) will be described in detail.
 <変性アクリル系樹脂(A)>
 アルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、主鎖であるアクリル系樹脂に対してアルキル基を側鎖として有する樹脂である。変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、少なくとも前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位(後述の単量体aにより形成される)を含んでいる。
<Modified acrylic resin (A)>
The modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group is a resin having an alkyl group as a side chain with respect to the main chain acrylic resin. The modified acrylic resin (A) contains at least a structural unit (formed by a monomer a described below) represented by the general formula (I).
 一般式(I)で表される構成単位についての説明は、第1の実施形態での説明と同じである。 The description of the structural unit represented by the general formula (I) is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
 また、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)における架橋性官能基(反応性官能基)の説明は、第1の実施形態での説明と同じである。 Moreover, the description of the crosslinkable functional group (reactive functional group) in the modified acrylic resin (A) is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、少なくとも、単量体として、前記一般式(I)で表される構成単位を形成する単量体a(1分子中に、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合と、炭素数10~18のアルキル基を有するアクリル系単量体)を重合させることにより得られる重合体である。変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、単量体aとともに、さらに、後述の単量体b(1分子中に、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合と架橋性官能基を有する単量体)、単量体c(1分子中に、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合と炭素数1~9または19以上のアルキル基を有するアクリル系単量体)、及び単量体d(単量体a,b,cとは異なる単量体であって、単量体a,b,cのうち少なくとも1種と共重合可能な単量体)からなる群より選択された少なくとも1種の単量体を共重合させて得られる共重合体であってもよい。特に、少なくとも単量体a及び単量体bを共重合させて得られる共重合体は、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)として好ましい。 The modified acrylic resin (A) is at least a monomer a (constituting a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond in one molecule) which forms a constitutional unit represented by the above general formula (I) as a monomer And an acrylic monomer having an alkyl group of 10 to 18 carbon atoms). The modified acrylic resin (A) is, together with the monomer a, a monomer b described later (a monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and a crosslinkable functional group in one molecule), a single monomer b, A monomer c (an acrylic monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and an alkyl group having 1 to 9 or 19 or more carbon atoms in one molecule), and a monomer d (monomers a and b) And c are at least one monomer selected from the group consisting of monomers different from at least one of monomers a, b and c). It may be a copolymer obtained by polymerization. In particular, a copolymer obtained by copolymerizing at least the monomer a and the monomer b is preferable as the modified acrylic resin (A).
 [単量体a]
 単量体aとしては、エステル部分が炭素数10~18の長鎖アルキル基である(メタ)アクリル酸エステルが挙げられ、具体的な化合物については、第1の実施形態での例示と同じである。
[Monomer a]
Examples of the monomer a include (meth) acrylic esters in which the ester moiety is a long-chain alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms, and specific compounds are the same as those exemplified in the first embodiment. is there.
 第2の実施形態において、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)における単量体aから導かれる構成単位の含有割合は、剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させる観点から、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)に含まれる構成単位の合計を100質量部として、好ましくは50~99.99質量部程度、より好ましくは70~99.9質量部程度、さらに好ましくは85~99.8質量部程度、さらに好ましくは85~99.5質量部である。単量体aは、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 In the second embodiment, the content ratio of the structural unit derived from the monomer a in the modified acrylic resin (A) is a modified acrylic resin (A) from the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance. Preferably, about 50 to 99.99 parts by mass, more preferably about 70 to 99.9 parts by mass, still more preferably about 85 to 99.8 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total of structural units contained in Preferably, it is 85 to 99.5 parts by mass. As the monomer a, only one type may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
 [単量体b]
 単量体bは、1分子中に、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合及び架橋性官能基を有する単量体である。単量体bは、架橋性官能基を有していることから、第2の実施形態において、後述の架橋剤(D)を介して前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)などと好適に結合し、剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させることができる。
[Monomer b]
The monomer b is a monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and a crosslinkable functional group in one molecule. Since the monomer b has a crosslinkable functional group, in the second embodiment, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A) via a crosslinking agent (D) described later (B) And the like to reduce peeling force and to further improve heat resistance.
 第2の実施形態において、単量体bの架橋性官能基(反応性官能基)としては、第1の実施形態と同じく、例えば、カルボキシル基、イソシアノ基、エポキシ基、N-メチロール基、N-アルコキシメチル基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、チオール基、加水分解性シリル基等が挙げられ、当該架橋性官能基についての説明は、第1の実施形態における説明と同じである。 In the second embodiment, the crosslinkable functional group (reactive functional group) of the monomer b may be, for example, a carboxyl group, an isocyano group, an epoxy group, an N-methylol group, N as in the first embodiment. An alkoxymethyl group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a thiol group, a hydrolyzable silyl group, and the like, and the description of the crosslinkable functional group is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
 第2の実施形態において、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)が、単量体bから導かれる構成単位を含む場合、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)における単量体bから導かれる構成単位の含有割合は、剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させる観点から、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)に含まれる構成単位の合計を100質量部として、0.01~20質量部程度であることが好ましく、0.1~10質量程度であることがより好ましく、0.2~5質量程度であることがさらに好ましく、0.5~3質量部程度であることがさらに好ましく、0.8~1.5質量部程度であることが特に好ましい。変性アクリル系樹脂(A)が、単量体aから導かれる構成単位を含むだけでなく、単量体bから導かれる構成単位も含む場合、その一次構造はランダム共重合体であっても、ブロック共重合体であってもよい。 In the second embodiment, when the modified acrylic resin (A) contains a constitutional unit derived from the monomer b, the content ratio of the constitutional unit derived from the monomer b in the modified acrylic resin (A) is From the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance, it is preferable that the total of structural units contained in the modified acrylic resin (A) is about 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, It is more preferably about 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, further preferably about 0.2 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably about 0.5 to 3 parts by mass, and 0.8 to 1.5 It is particularly preferred that the amount is about parts by mass. When the modified acrylic resin (A) contains not only a structural unit derived from the monomer a but also a structural unit derived from the monomer b, the primary structure may be a random copolymer, It may be a block copolymer.
 [単量体c]
 単量体cは、1分子中に、炭素-炭素不飽和二重結合と、炭素数1~9または19以上のアルキル基を有するアクリル系単量体である。第2の実施形態において、単量体cは、例えば表面層に含まれるアルキル基の濃度を調整するために使用することができ、結果として剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させることができる。
[Monomer c]
The monomer c is an acrylic monomer having a carbon-carbon unsaturated double bond and an alkyl group having 1 to 9 or 19 or more carbon atoms in one molecule. In the second embodiment, the monomer c can be used, for example, to adjust the concentration of the alkyl group contained in the surface layer, and as a result, the peeling force can be reduced and the heat resistance can be further improved. it can.
 単量体cとしては、(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体が好適に挙げられる。(メタ)アクリル酸誘導体としては、前記一般式(III)で表される構成単位が導かれる単量体が好ましい。第2の実施形態において、一般式(III)で表される構成単位についての説明は、第1の実施形態での説明と同じである。 As the monomer c, (meth) acrylic acid derivatives are preferably mentioned. As the (meth) acrylic acid derivative, a monomer from which the constituent unit represented by the general formula (III) is derived is preferable. In the second embodiment, the description of the constituent unit represented by the general formula (III) is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
 単量体cの具体例は、第1の実施形態での例示と同じであり、単量体cは、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。 The specific example of the monomer c is the same as the illustration in the first embodiment, and as the monomer c, only one type may be used, or two or more types may be mixed and used.
 第2の実施形態において、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)が、単量体cから導かれる構成単位を含む場合、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)における単量体cから導かれる構成単位の含有割合は、剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させる観点から、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)に含まれる構成単位の合計を100質量部として、0.01~20質量部程度であることが好ましく、0.1~10質量部程度であることがより好ましい。 In the second embodiment, when the modified acrylic resin (A) contains a constitutional unit derived from the monomer c, the content ratio of the constitutional unit derived from the monomer c in the modified acrylic resin (A) is From the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance, it is preferable that the total of structural units contained in the modified acrylic resin (A) is about 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, More preferably, it is about 0.1 to 10 parts by mass.
 [単量体d]
 単量体dは、単量体a,b,cとは異なる単量体であって、単量体a,b,cのうち少なくとも1種と共重合可能な単量体である。
[Monomer d]
The monomer d is a monomer different from the monomers a, b and c, and is a monomer copolymerizable with at least one of the monomers a, b and c.
 単量体dの具体的な例としては、第1の実施形態と同じ単量体が挙げられ、単量体dは、1種類のみを用いてもよいし、2種類以上を混合して用いてもよい。第2の実施形態において、単量体dは、例えば表面層に含まれる種々の官能基の濃度を調整するために使用することができ、剥離性フィルムの剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させることができる。 Specific examples of the monomer d include the same monomers as in the first embodiment, and only one monomer d may be used, or two or more monomers may be mixed and used. May be In the second embodiment, the monomer d can be used, for example, to adjust the concentration of various functional groups contained in the surface layer, to lighten the peel force of the peelable film, and to further improve the heat resistance. It can be improved.
 第2の実施形態において、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)が、単量体dから導かれる構成単位を含む場合、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)における単量体dから導かれる構成単位の含有割合は、剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させる観点から、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)に含まれる構成単位の合計を100質量部として、0.01~20質量部程度であることが好ましく、0.1~10質量部程度であることがより好ましい。 In the second embodiment, when the modified acrylic resin (A) contains a constitutional unit derived from the monomer d, the content ratio of the constitutional unit derived from the monomer d in the modified acrylic resin (A) is From the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance, it is preferable that the total of structural units contained in the modified acrylic resin (A) is about 0.01 to 20 parts by mass, More preferably, it is about 0.1 to 10 parts by mass.
 第2の実施形態において、剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させる観点から、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は、好ましくは5×104~15×104であり、より好ましくは6×104~14×104であり、さらに好ましくは8×104~12×104である。 In the second embodiment, the weight average molecular weight of the modified acrylic resin (A) is preferably 5 × 10 4 to 15 × 10 4 from the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance. Preferably it is 6 × 10 4 to 14 × 10 4 , more preferably 8 × 10 4 to 12 × 10 4 .
 第2の実施形態において、表面層中の変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の含有量は特に限定的ではないが、剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させる観点から、表面層を構成する樹脂(A)と樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として、50質量部超えが好ましく、52質量部以上がより好ましく、55質量部以上がさらに好ましい。また、表面層中の変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の含有量は、表面層を構成する樹脂(A)と樹脂(B)の合計100質量部に対して98質量部以下であることが好ましく、97質量部以下であることがより好ましく、90質量部以下であることがさらに好ましく、80質量部以下であることがさらに一層好ましく、70質量部以下であることが特に好ましく、60質量部以下であることが特段好ましい。ここで、第2の実施形態において、前記樹脂(A)の含有量が、樹脂(A)と樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として50質量部超えであるということは、前記樹脂(A)の質量部をMA、と前記樹脂(B)の質量部をMBとした場合において、1<MA/MBであることと同義である。また、同様に、前記樹脂(A)の含有量が52質量部以上であることは1.083≦MA/MBであること、55質量部以上であることは1.222≦MA/MBであること、97質量部以下であることはMA/MB≦32.333であることと、それぞれ同義である。前記樹脂(A)の含有量が、樹脂(A)と樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として50質量部超えである場合、剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させることができるとともに、加熱後と加熱前の剥離力の差が非常に少なく、残留接着率にも優れている。 In the second embodiment, the content of the modified acrylic resin (A) in the surface layer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance, the resin constituting the surface layer The total amount of (A) and the resin (B) is preferably 100 parts by mass, more than 50 parts by mass is preferable, 52 parts by mass or more is more preferable, and 55 parts by mass or more is more preferable. In addition, the content of the modified acrylic resin (A) in the surface layer is preferably 98 parts by mass or less with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer. It is more preferably 97 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 90 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, particularly preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and 60 parts by mass or less It is particularly preferred that there be. Here, in the second embodiment, the fact that the content of the resin (A) exceeds 50 parts by mass with respect to the total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (A) and the resin (B) is the resin (A). parts by mass M a of), and the parts by weight of the resin (B) in the case of the M B, 1 <is synonymous with an M a / M B. Similarly, it the content of the resin (A) is 52 parts by mass or more is 1.083 ≦ M A / M B, it is 55 parts by mass or more 1.222 ≦ M A / Being M B and being 97 parts by mass or less are synonymous with M A / M B ≦ 32.333, respectively. When the content of the resin (A) exceeds 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the resin (A) and the resin (B), the peeling force can be reduced and the heat resistance can be further improved. The difference in peel force after heating and before heating is very small, and the residual adhesion rate is also excellent.
 また、第2の実施形態において、剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させる観点から、表面層中の変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の好ましい含有量(%)としては、例えば、50質量%以上、60質量%以上、70質量%以上、80質量%以上、90質量%以上などが挙げられる。 In the second embodiment, the content (%) of the modified acrylic resin (A) in the surface layer is, for example, 50% by mass from the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance. Above, 60 mass% or more, 70 mass% or more, 80 mass% or more, 90 mass% or more, etc. may be mentioned.
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A)を得る方法としては、第1の実施形態での説明と同じ方法が採用できる。 As a method of obtaining a modified acrylic resin (A), the same method as the description in the first embodiment can be adopted.
 <樹脂(B)>
 第2の実施形態において、表面層を形成する樹脂成分は、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とともに、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)を含んでいることが好ましい。
<Resin (B)>
In the second embodiment, the resin component for forming the surface layer preferably contains a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A) together with the modified acrylic resin (A).
 第2の実施形態において、表面層に当該樹脂(B)を含有することにより、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)との相溶性の違いを利用して、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)のアルキル基を表面に偏析させやすく、結果として剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させる。 In the second embodiment, by including the resin (B) in the surface layer, the alkyl group of the modified acrylic resin (A) is obtained by utilizing the difference in compatibility with the modified acrylic resin (A). It is easy to segregate on the surface, and as a result, the peeling force is lightened and the heat resistance is further improved.
 第2の実施形態において、樹脂(B)としては、特に限定されないが、好ましくはポリエステル樹脂及びアクリル樹脂からなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種が挙げられる。なかでも、樹脂(B)としてポリエステル樹脂がより好ましい。ポリエステル樹脂及びアクリル樹脂についての説明は、第1の実施形態での説明と同じである。 In the second embodiment, the resin (B) is not particularly limited, but preferably includes at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyester resin and an acrylic resin. Among them, polyester resin is more preferable as the resin (B). The description of the polyester resin and the acrylic resin is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
 変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)は、後述する架橋剤(D)と反応するために、反応性官能基を有することが好ましい。特に、当該反応性官能基としては、カルボキシル基及びヒドロキシ基からなる群から選ばれた少なくとも一種であることが好ましい。第2の実施形態において、樹脂(B)がヒドロキシ基を有する場合、その樹脂(B)の水酸基価は、5~500mgKOH/gであることが好ましく、10~300mgKOH/gであることがより好ましく、10~100mgKOH/gであることがさらに好ましく、10~40mgKOH/gが特に好ましい。樹脂(B)の水酸基価が前記各好ましい範囲内である場合、後述の架橋剤(D)による架橋網目構造の密度が適度になるため剥離力がより軽くなる。特に、樹脂(B)が、水酸基価が前記各好ましい範囲内のポリエステル樹脂である場合、上記傾向が強いものとなる。 The resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A) preferably has a reactive functional group in order to react with a crosslinking agent (D) described later. In particular, the reactive functional group is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of a carboxyl group and a hydroxy group. In the second embodiment, when the resin (B) has a hydroxy group, the hydroxyl value of the resin (B) is preferably 5 to 500 mg KOH / g, more preferably 10 to 300 mg KOH / g. 10 to 100 mg KOH / g is more preferable, and 10 to 40 mg KOH / g is particularly preferable. When the hydroxyl value of the resin (B) is in each of the above-mentioned preferable ranges, the density of the crosslinked network structure by the crosslinking agent (D) described later is appropriate, and the peeling power is further reduced. In particular, in the case where the resin (B) is a polyester resin having a hydroxyl value within each of the preferred ranges, the above tendency is strong.
 樹脂(B)の数平均分子量については、第1の実施形態と同じである。 The number average molecular weight of the resin (B) is the same as in the first embodiment.
 第2の実施形態において、表面層中の前記樹脂(B)は、ガラス転移温度(Tg)が55℃以上であることが好ましい。また、前記ガラス転移温度は58℃以上がより好ましい。表面層中の前記樹脂(B)のガラス転移温度が上記各好ましい範囲内である場合、より剥離力が軽くなり、かつ耐熱性が向上する。特に、樹脂(B)が、ガラス転移温度が前記各好ましい範囲内のポリエステル樹脂である場合、上記傾向が強いものとなる。表面層中の前記樹脂(B)のガラス転移温度は、100℃以下が好ましく、90℃以下がより好ましく、80℃以下がさらに好ましく、70℃以下が特に好ましい。 In the second embodiment, the resin (B) in the surface layer preferably has a glass transition temperature (Tg) of 55 ° C. or higher. Moreover, as for the said glass transition temperature, 58 degreeC or more is more preferable. When the glass transition temperature of the resin (B) in the surface layer is within each of the above preferable ranges, the peeling power is further reduced and the heat resistance is improved. In particular, when the resin (B) is a polyester resin having a glass transition temperature in each of the preferable ranges, the above tendency is strong. 100 degreeC or less is preferable, as for the glass transition temperature of the said resin (B) in a surface layer, 90 degrees C or less is more preferable, 80 degrees C or less is further more preferable, and 70 degrees C or less is especially preferable.
 第2の実施形態において、表面層中の樹脂(B)の含有量は限定的ではないが、剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させる観点から、表面層を構成する樹脂(A)と樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として、2質量部以上であることが好ましく、3質量部以上であることがより好ましく、10質量部以上であることがさらに好ましく、20質量部以上であることがさらに一層好ましく、30質量部以上であることが特に好ましく、40質量部以上であることが特段好ましい。また、同様の観点から、表面層を構成する樹脂(A)と樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として、50質量部未満が好ましく、48質量部以下がより好ましく、45質量部以下であることがさらに好ましい。ここで、前記樹脂(B)の含有量が、樹脂(A)と樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として50質量部未満であるということは、前記樹脂(B)の質量部をMA、と前記樹脂(B)の質量部をMBとした場合において、1<MA/MBであることと同義である。また、同様に、前記樹脂(B)の含有量が48質量部以下であることは1.083≦MA/MBであること、45質量部以下であることは1.222≦MA/MBであること、3質量部以上であることはMA/MB≦32.333であることと、それぞれ同義である。前記樹脂(B)の含有量が、樹脂(A)と樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として50質量部未満である場合、剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させることができるとともに、加熱後と加熱前の剥離力の差が非常に少なく、残留接着率にも優れている。 In the second embodiment, the content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is not limited, but from the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance, the resin (A) constituting the surface layer and The total amount of the resin (B) is 100 parts by mass, preferably 2 parts by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and 20 parts by mass or more It is even more preferable, particularly preferably 30 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 40 parts by mass or more. From the same point of view, the total amount of the resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer is 100 parts by mass, preferably less than 50 parts by mass, more preferably 48 parts by mass or less, and 45 parts by mass or less Is more preferred. Here, that the content of the resin (B) is less than 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the resin (A) and the resin (B) means that the mass part of the resin (B) is M A , and in a case where the parts by weight of the resin (B) was M B, 1 <it is synonymous with an M a / M B. Similarly, it the content of the resin (B) is not more than 48 parts by mass is 1.083 ≦ M A / M B, is not more than 45 parts by 1.222 ≦ M A / Being M 3 B and being 3 parts by mass or more are synonymous with M A / M B ≦ 32.333, respectively. When the content of the resin (B) is less than 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the resin (A) and the resin (B), the peeling power can be reduced and the heat resistance can be further improved. The difference in peel force after heating and before heating is very small, and the residual adhesion rate is also excellent.
 <架橋剤(D)>
 第2の実施形態において、表面層を形成する樹脂成分は、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)及び樹脂(B)とともに、架橋剤(D)を含んでいることが好ましい。架橋剤(D)は、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)同士、樹脂(B)同士、または変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と樹脂(B)とを架橋する機能を有する。架橋剤(D)は、一種又は二種以上を組み合わせて使用することができる。
<Crosslinking agent (D)>
In the second embodiment, the resin component that forms the surface layer preferably contains a crosslinking agent (D) together with the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B). The crosslinking agent (D) has a function of crosslinking the modified acrylic resins (A), the resins (B), or the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B). The crosslinking agent (D) can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 第2の実施形態において、架橋剤(D)は、限定的ではないが、例えば、多官能アミノ化合物、イソシアネート化合物(モノイソシアネート、ジイソシアネート、多官能イソシアネート等を包含する)、多官能エポキシ化合物、多官能金属化合物又はジアルデヒドであることが好ましい。第2の実施形態において、架橋剤(D)は多官能アミノ化合物が好ましく、メラミン化合物であることがさらに好ましい。前記メラミン化合物は、アミノ基の水素原子が全てアルコキシアルキル基及びアルカノール基の少なくとも一方で置換された構造を有しているメラミン化合物が特に好ましい。前記特に好ましいとされるメラミン化合物は、アルコキシアルキル基及びアルカノール基からなる群より選択された少なくとも1種のみをアミノ基の置換基として備えているともいえる。また、前記特に好ましいとされるメラミン化合物は、トリアジン環に3つのアミノ基が結合した構成単位を有しており、第2の実施形態において、3つのアミノ基に結合する合計6つの置換基は、アルコキシアルキル基及びアルカノール基からなる群より選択された少なくとも1種のみであり、水素原子などの他の置換基を有していないともいえる。 In the second embodiment, the crosslinking agent (D) is not limited, for example, polyfunctional amino compounds, isocyanate compounds (including monoisocyanate, diisocyanate, polyfunctional isocyanate etc.), polyfunctional epoxy compounds, polyfunctional compounds, etc. It is preferably a functional metal compound or a dialdehyde. In the second embodiment, the crosslinking agent (D) is preferably a polyfunctional amino compound, more preferably a melamine compound. The melamine compound is particularly preferably a melamine compound having a structure in which all hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with at least one of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group. It can be said that the above-mentioned particularly preferable melamine compound has at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group as a substituent of the amino group. In addition, the above-mentioned particularly preferred melamine compound has a structural unit in which three amino groups are bonded to a triazine ring, and in the second embodiment, a total of six substituents bonded to three amino groups are And at least one selected from the group consisting of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group, and it can be said that it does not have any other substituent such as a hydrogen atom.
 より具体的には、前記特に好ましいとされるメラミン化合物は、前記一般式(IV)で表すことができる。一般式(IV)で表されるメラミン化合物についての説明は、第1の実施形態での説明と同じである。 More specifically, the above-mentioned particularly preferred melamine compound can be represented by the above general formula (IV). The description of the melamine compound represented by the general formula (IV) is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
 第2の実施形態において、剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させる観点から、前記特に好ましいとされるメラミン化合物は、一般式(IV)において、6つの置換基Rのうち、少なくとも1つがアルコキシアルキル基であることが好ましく、3つ以上がアルコキシアルキル基であることがより好ましく、6つ全てがアルコキシアルキル基であることが特に好ましい。また、一般式(IV)において、6つの置換基Rのうち、アルカノール基は、5つ以下であることが好ましく、3つ以下であることがより好ましく、0であることがさらに好ましい。即ち、メラミン化合物としては、構成単位あたり3つ結合しているアミノ基の置換基R(6つのアミノ基の置換基R)の全てが、メトキシメチル基又はメチロール基のいずれかであり、且つ、前記置換基Rの1つ以上がメチロール基であるメラミン化合物は好ましい態様である。 In the second embodiment, the melamine compound particularly preferred from the viewpoint of lightening the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance is at least one of six substituents R in the general formula (IV). It is preferable that it is an alkoxy alkyl group, It is more preferable that 3 or more are alkoxy alkyl groups, It is especially preferable that all 6 are alkoxy alkyl groups. In the general formula (IV), among the six substituents R, the number of alkanol groups is preferably 5 or less, more preferably 3 or less, and still more preferably 0. That is, as the melamine compound, all of the substituents R of the amino group having three bonds per constitutional unit (substituents R of the six amino groups) are either a methoxymethyl group or a methylol group, and The melamine compound in which at least one of the substituents R is a methylol group is a preferred embodiment.
 第2の実施形態の前記特に好ましいとされるメラミン化合物において、アルコキシアルキル基の炭素数は2~5が好ましく、2がさらに好ましい。アルコキシアルキル基の好ましい具体例としては、プロポキシメチル基、エトキシメチル基、メトキシメチル基などが挙げられ、これらの中でも特にメトキシメチル基が好ましい。また、アルカノール基の炭素数は1~3が好ましく、1がさらに好ましい。アルカノール基の好ましい具体例としては、プロパノール基(3-ヒドロキシプロピル基)、エチロール基(2-ヒドロキシエチル基)、メチロール基(ヒドロキシメチル基)などが挙げられ、これらの中でも特にメチロール基が好ましい。 In the particularly preferred melamine compound of the second embodiment, the carbon number of the alkoxyalkyl group is preferably 2 to 5, and more preferably 2. Preferred specific examples of the alkoxyalkyl group include propoxymethyl group, ethoxymethyl group, methoxymethyl group and the like, and among these, methoxymethyl group is particularly preferable. The carbon number of the alkanol group is preferably 1 to 3, and more preferably 1. Specific preferred examples of the alkanol group include propanol group (3-hydroxypropyl group), ethylol group (2-hydroxyethyl group), methylol group (hydroxymethyl group) and the like, and among these, methylol group is particularly preferable.
 メラミン化合物の平均n量数としては、第1の実施形態での説明と同じである。 The average n amount number of the melamine compound is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
 第2の実施形態において、剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させる観点から、メラミン化合物は、前記一般式(V)で表される化合物であることが特に好ましい。一般式(V)で表されるメラミン化合物についての説明は、第1の実施形態での説明と同じである。 In the second embodiment, the melamine compound is particularly preferably a compound represented by the general formula (V) from the viewpoint of reducing the peeling force and further improving the heat resistance. The description of the melamine compound represented by the general formula (V) is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
 なお、第2の実施形態において、表面層を形成する樹脂成分には、架橋剤(D)として前記特に好ましいとされるメラミン化合物とは異なる他の架橋剤が含まれていてもよい。当該樹脂成分に含まれる架橋剤は、架橋剤(D)として前記特に好ましいとされるメラミン化合物のみであることが好ましい。 In the second embodiment, the resin component forming the surface layer may contain another crosslinking agent different from the above-mentioned melamine compound particularly preferred as the crosslinking agent (D). The crosslinking agent contained in the resin component is preferably only the melamine compound particularly preferred as the crosslinking agent (D).
 他の架橋剤としては、限定的ではないが、例えば、前記特に好ましいとされるメラミン化合物とは異なる多官能アミノ化合物、イソシアネート化合物(モノイソシアネート、ジイソシアネート、多官能イソシアネート等を包含する)、多官能エポキシ化合物、多官能金属化合物又はジアルデヒドなどが挙げられる。 Other crosslinking agents include, but are not limited to, for example, polyfunctional amino compounds different from the above-mentioned particularly preferred melamine compounds, isocyanate compounds (including monoisocyanate, diisocyanate, polyfunctional isocyanate etc.), polyfunctional Epoxy compounds, polyfunctional metal compounds or dialdehydes may be mentioned.
 前記特に好ましいとされるメラミン化合物とは異なる多官能アミノ化合物としては、尿素化合物、ベンゾグアナミン化合物、ジアミン類などが挙げられる。これらの多官能アミノ化合物についての具体例は、第1の実施形態で記載した具体例と同じである。 Examples of the polyfunctional amino compound different from the above-mentioned particularly preferable melamine compound include urea compounds, benzoguanamine compounds, diamines and the like. Specific examples of these polyfunctional amino compounds are the same as the specific examples described in the first embodiment.
 第2の実施形態の表面層において、架橋剤(D)の含有量は、剥離力を軽くし、さらに耐熱性を向上させる観点から、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)及び変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)の合計100質量部に対して、3質量部以上であることが好ましく、4質量部以上であることがより好ましく、5質量部以上であることがさらに好ましい。また、同様の観点から、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)及び変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)の合計100質量部に対して、30質量部以下であることが好ましく、20質量部以下であることがより好ましく、10質量部以下であることがさらに好ましい。 In the surface layer of the second embodiment, the content of the crosslinking agent (D) makes the peeling force light and further improves the heat resistance, the modified acrylic resin (A) and the modified acrylic resin (A) It is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, more preferably 4 parts by mass or more, and still more preferably 5 parts by mass or more with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the resin (B) different from. Moreover, it is preferable that it is 30 mass parts or less with respect to a total of 100 mass parts of resin (B) different from modified acrylic resin (A) and modified acrylic resin (A) from the same viewpoint, and 20 mass It is more preferably part or less, further preferably 10 parts by mass or less.
 <その他の成分>
[添加剤]
 第2の実施形態において、表面層及び基材層には、それぞれ、主成分である樹脂成分に加えて、さらに、必要に応じて少なくとも1種の添加剤が含まれていてもよい。添加剤についての説明は、第1の実施形態での説明と同じである。
<Other ingredients>
[Additive]
In the second embodiment, each of the surface layer and the base material layer may further contain at least one additive as necessary, in addition to the resin component as the main component. The description of the additive is the same as the description in the first embodiment.
 また、第2の実施形態において、電気部品等に悪影響を及ぼさないように、表面層にシリコーン化合物を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、シリコーン化合物を実質的に含有しないとは、シリコーン化合物の量が、好ましくは、500μg/g以下、より好ましくは、100μg/g以下のことをいう。 Moreover, in the second embodiment, it is preferable that the surface layer does not substantially contain a silicone compound so as not to adversely affect the electrical parts and the like. The term "substantially free of silicone compound" means that the amount of silicone compound is preferably 500 μg / g or less, more preferably 100 μg / g or less.
 第2の実施形態の表面層の厚みは、剥離性を高めやすい観点から、好ましくは0.01μm以上であり、より好ましくは0.05μm以上であり、さらに好ましくは0.1μm以上であり、特に好ましくは0.18μmである。表面層の厚みは、ポリマー成分の基材層への移行の観点から、好ましくは3μm以下であり、より好ましくは1.5μm以下であり、より好ましくは1μm以下である。表面層の厚みは、第1の実施形態と同じ方法を用いて観測され、具体的には実施例に記載の方法によって測定される。 The thickness of the surface layer of the second embodiment is preferably 0.01 μm or more, more preferably 0.05 μm or more, and still more preferably 0.1 μm or more, from the viewpoint of easily enhancing the releasability. Preferably, it is 0.18 μm. The thickness of the surface layer is preferably 3 μm or less, more preferably 1.5 μm or less, and more preferably 1 μm or less, from the viewpoint of transfer of the polymer component to the base layer. The thickness of the surface layer is observed using the same method as in the first embodiment, and specifically measured by the method described in the examples.
〔表面層の作製方法〕
 第2の実施形態において、表面層は、第1の実施形態と同じく、基材層上に、表面層を形成する樹脂成分を積層することにより形成することができる。第2の実施形態の表面層の作製方法の好適な態様は、第1の実施形態と同じである。
[Method of producing surface layer]
In the second embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the surface layer can be formed by laminating the resin component that forms the surface layer on the base material layer. The preferable aspect of the method of producing the surface layer of the second embodiment is the same as that of the first embodiment.
 また、第2の実施形態の剥離性フィルムについても、第1の実施形態と同じく、延伸されても延伸されなくてもよいが、良好な軽い剥離性を得やすい観点から、表面層は無延伸であることが好ましい。 Further, the releasable film of the second embodiment may or may not be stretched as in the first embodiment, but the surface layer is not stretched from the viewpoint of easily obtaining good light releasability. Is preferred.
〔剥離性フィルム表面の粗面化〕
 第2の実施形態において、剥離性フィルムの表面に、剥離性フィルムとして用いる場合の貼り合わせ等に支障が無い範囲で、巻き適性を向上させる微細な表面粗さを付与してもよい。剥離性フィルム表面に微細な凹凸を与える方法としては、第1の実施形態と同じく、公知の各種粗面化方法を採用することができる。
[Roughening of Releasable Film Surface]
In the second embodiment, the surface of the peelable film may be provided with a fine surface roughness for improving the winding suitability, as long as there is no hindrance to bonding in the case of using as a peelable film. Various well-known roughening methods can be adopted as a method of providing fine irregularities on the surface of the peelable film, as in the first embodiment.
 第2の実施形態の剥離性フィルムは、T字ピール剥離力が非常に軽い(非常に低い)。剥離性フィルムの被着体に対する密着性を高めやすい観点から、第2の実施形態の剥離性フィルムのT字ピール剥離力は、好ましくは0.01N/25mm以上、より好ましくは0.02N/25mm以上、さらに好ましくは0.05N/25mm以上である。また、第2の実施形態の剥離性フィルムのT字ピール剥離力は、剥離性を高めやすい観点から、好ましくは0.40N/25mm以下であり、より好ましくは0.30N/25mm以下であり、さらに好ましくは0.25N/25mm以下であり、特に好ましくは0.22N/25mm以下である。剥離性フィルムのT字ピール剥離力は、第1の実施形態で説明した方法により測定される。なお、第2の実施形態の剥離性フィルムの後述する加熱後のT字ピール剥離力の好ましい範囲は、前記加熱前の前記T字ピール剥離力の各好ましい範囲と同様である。 The peelable film of the second embodiment has a very light T-peel peel force (very low). From the viewpoint of easily enhancing the adhesion of the peelable film to the adherend, the T-peel peel force of the peelable film of the second embodiment is preferably 0.01 N / 25 mm or more, more preferably 0.02 N / 25 mm. Or more, more preferably 0.05 N / 25 mm or more. Further, the T-peel peel force of the peelable film of the second embodiment is preferably 0.40 N / 25 mm or less, more preferably 0.30 N / 25 mm or less from the viewpoint of easily enhancing the peelability. More preferably, it is 0.25 N / 25 mm or less, and particularly preferably 0.22 N / 25 mm or less. The T-peel peeling force of the peelable film is measured by the method described in the first embodiment. In addition, the preferable range of T shape peel force after the heating of the peelable film of 2nd Embodiment mentioned later is the same as each preferable range of the said T shape peel force before the said heating.
 また、第2の実施形態の剥離性フィルムの加熱後T字ピール剥離力は、加熱前T字ピール剥離力との差が少ないことが好ましく、(加熱後T字ピール剥離力)-(加熱前T字ピール剥離力)の値は、-0.20~+0.20が好ましく、-0.10~+0.10がより好ましく、-0.08~+0.05がさらに好ましく、-0.04~+0.02が特に好ましい。剥離性フィルムの加熱後T字ピール剥離力は、第1の実施形態で説明した方法により測定される。 Further, it is preferable that the post-heating T-peel peeling force of the peelable film of the second embodiment has a small difference from the pre-heating T-peel peeling force ((T-peel peeling force after heating))-(before heating) The value of T-peel peeling force) is preferably -0.20 to +0.20, more preferably -0.10 to +0.10, still more preferably -0.08 to +0.05, and -0.04 to +0.02 is particularly preferred. The post-heating T-peel peeling force of the peelable film is measured by the method described in the first embodiment.
〔剥離性フィルムの厚み〕
 第2の実施形態の剥離性フィルムの厚みについての説明は、第1の実施形態の剥離性フィルムの厚みについての説明と同じである。
[Thickness of Peelable Film]
The description of the thickness of the peelable film of the second embodiment is the same as the description of the thickness of the peelable film of the first embodiment.
 第2の実施形態の剥離性フィルムは、良好な剥離性を有すると共に、熱処理された後においても上記良好な剥離性を維持するため、剥離用のフィルムとして優れている。第2の実施形態の剥離性フィルムは、工業分野及び医療分野など、第1の実施形態において説明したのと同じ用途・方法において広く使用することができる。 The peelable film of the second embodiment has excellent peelability and is excellent as a peelable film in order to maintain the above-mentioned good peelability even after being heat-treated. The peelable film of the second embodiment can be widely used in the same applications and methods as described in the first embodiment, such as in the industrial field and the medical field.
 以下に実施例及び比較例を示して本発明を詳細に説明する。但し、本発明は実施例に限定されるものではない。以下の実施例1A~15Aは、第1の実施形態の具体例であり、実施例1B~4Bは、第2の実施形態の具体例である。なお、特記しない限り、部及び%はそれぞれ「質量部」及び「質量%」を示す。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail by way of Examples and Comparative Examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the examples. The following Examples 1A to 15A are specific examples of the first embodiment, and Examples 1B to 4B are specific examples of the second embodiment. In addition, unless otherwise indicated, a part and% show a "mass part" and "mass%", respectively.
〔測定方法及び評価方法〕
 実施例及び比較例における、各種測定方法及び評価方法は、次のとおりである。
[Measurement method and evaluation method]
Various measurement methods and evaluation methods in the example and the comparative example are as follows.
〔表面層の厚み〕
 試料を切り出し後、試料表面にOsコーティングを施し、樹脂包埋した。次にダイヤモンドナイフ装着のウルトラミクロトームでトリミング・面出し及び超薄切片作製後、透過型電子顕微鏡(TEM)観察を行なった。
切片作成装置:ウルトラミクロトーム(ライカ株式会社製LEICA EM UC7)
ナイフ;DIATOME社製ULTRADRY観察装置:TEM(株式会社日立ハイテクノロジーズ製HT7700型)
加速電圧:100kV
写真倍率:×300,000倍
[Thickness of surface layer]
After cutting out the sample, the surface of the sample was coated with Os and embedded in a resin. Next, after trimming / surfacing and preparation of ultrathin sections with an ultramicrotome equipped with a diamond knife, transmission electron microscope (TEM) observation was performed.
Sectioning device: Ultra Microtome (LEICA EM UC7 manufactured by Leica Co., Ltd.)
Knife; ULTRADRY observation device manufactured by DIATOME: TEM (HT7700 type manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation)
Acceleration voltage: 100kV
Photo magnification: × 300,000 times
〔基材層及び剥離性フィルムの厚み〕
 剥離性フィルム及び基材層の厚みは、マイクロメーター(JIS B-7502)を用いて、JIS C-2151に準拠して測定した。
[Thickness of Base Layer and Releasable Film]
The thickness of the peelable film and the base material layer was measured according to JIS C-2151 using a micrometer (JIS B-7502).
〔X線電子分光(XPS)分析〕
 Arイオンスパッタリングによって表面層を最表面側から削りながらXPS分析を実施し、剥離性フィルムの表面層から基材層に向けて垂直に深さ5nmの位置に存在する全元素含有量に対する、当該位置に存在する炭素の含有量の比Mc5(atomic%)を下記の条件で測定した。
測定器:X線電子分光(XPS)測定器 ESCA LAB250(Thermo VG scientific社製)
測定モード:モノクロメータ、X線源:Al、測定面積:500μmφ
測定元素:炭素(C)
 スパッタリングの条件は以下の通りで実施した。
照射イオン:アルゴン(Ar)、電流値:2.5(μA)、電圧:120(V)、スパッタレート:0.1(nm/sec)
[X-ray electron spectroscopy (XPS) analysis]
The XPS analysis is carried out while shaving the surface layer from the outermost surface side by Ar ion sputtering, and the position relative to the total element content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the surface layer of the peelable film toward the base material layer The ratio M c5 (atomic%) of the carbon content present in was measured under the following conditions.
Measuring instrument: X-ray electron spectroscopy (XPS) measuring instrument ESCA LAB 250 (made by Thermo VG scientific)
Measurement mode: Monochromator, X-ray source: Al, measurement area: 500 μmφ
Measuring element: carbon (C)
The conditions for sputtering were as follows.
Irradiated ion: Argon (Ar), Current value: 2.5 (μA), Voltage: 120 (V), Sputtering rate: 0.1 (nm / sec)
〔XPS深さ方向分析〕
 Arイオンスパッタリングによって表面層を最表面側から削りながらXPS分析を実施し、表面層中の最表面から基材層に向けて垂直に深さ40nmの位置に存在する全元素含有量に対する炭素の含有量比MC40(atomic%)を測定した。XPSの測定条件は、上記MC5の測定条件のときと同様である。
[XPS depth direction analysis]
The XPS analysis is carried out while shaving the surface layer from the outermost surface side by Ar ion sputtering, and the content of carbon with respect to the total element content existing at a depth of 40 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer to the base material layer The quantitative ratio MC40 (atomic%) was measured. The measurement conditions of XPS are the same as the measurement conditions of the above-mentioned MC5 .
〔T字ピール剥離力〕
 剥離性フィルムの表面層側のフィルム表面に幅50mm×長さ200mmのポリエステル粘着テープ(日東電工株式会社製NO.31Bテープ、アクリル系粘着剤)を、2kgのローラーを2往復させることにより貼付し、処理前貼付品を得た。
 次いで、当該貼付品に対して、5KPaの荷重となるように錘を載せ、70℃で湿度50%の環境下で、20時間静置した。
 次に、室温の環境下で、得られた各処理後貼付品を25mm幅に切り出した試料を各測定試料とし、剥離試験機(ミネベア株式会社製 万能引張試験機 テクノグラフTGI-1kN)を用いて、1000mm/分の速度でT字ピール剥離試験を行い、その際の剥離力を計測した。測定は、それぞれ3回行い、その平均値を各剥離性フィルムのT字ピール剥離力(加熱前T字ピール剥離力)とした。結果を表1に示す。
[T-peel peeling force]
A 50 mm wide × 200 mm long polyester adhesive tape (Nitto Denko Corporation NO. 31 B tape, acrylic adhesive) is attached to the surface of the film on the surface layer side of the peelable film by reciprocating a 2 kg roller twice. Obtained the pre-treatment patch.
Next, a weight was placed on the patch so as to give a load of 5 KPa, and left to stand at 70 ° C. under an environment of 50% humidity for 20 hours.
Next, under the environment of room temperature, each obtained treated patch was cut into a 25 mm width and used as a measurement sample, using a peel tester (Menpea Co., Ltd. universal tensile tester Technograph TGI-1kN). And a T-peel peeling test was conducted at a speed of 1000 mm / min, and the peeling force at that time was measured. The measurement was performed three times, and the average value was used as the T-peel peeling force (T-peel peeling force before heating) of each peelable film. The results are shown in Table 1.
〔加熱後T字ピール剥離力〕
 剥離性フィルムの表面層側のフィルム表面に幅50mm×長さ200mmのポリエステル粘着テープ(日東電工株式会社製NO.31Bテープ、アクリル系粘着剤)を、2kgのローラーを2往復させることにより貼付し、処理前貼付品を得た。
 次いで、当該貼付品に対して160℃で90秒間の加熱処理をした。なお、当該加熱処理においては、熱風乾燥機を使用した。ここで、160℃で90秒間の加熱処理とは、160℃に設定された熱風乾燥機中に当該貼付品を載置したことを意味する。
 次いで、当該貼付品に対して、5KPaの荷重となるように錘を載せ、70℃で湿度50%の環境下で、20時間静置した。次に、前記の〔T字ピール剥離力〕におけるT字ピール剥離力の測定方法及び算出方法と同様の方法により、加熱後T字ピール剥離力を得た。結果を表1に示す。
[T-peel peeling force after heating]
A 50 mm wide × 200 mm long polyester adhesive tape (Nitto Denko Corporation NO. 31 B tape, acrylic adhesive) is attached to the surface of the film on the surface layer side of the peelable film by reciprocating a 2 kg roller twice. Obtained the pre-treatment patch.
Next, the patch was heat-treated at 160 ° C. for 90 seconds. In the heat treatment, a hot air drier was used. Here, the heat treatment at 160 ° C. for 90 seconds means that the patch was placed in a hot air dryer set at 160 ° C.
Next, a weight was placed on the patch so as to give a load of 5 KPa, and left to stand at 70 ° C. under an environment of 50% humidity for 20 hours. Next, T-peel peeling force after heating was obtained by the same method as the measurement method and calculation method of T-peel peel force in the above-mentioned [T-peel peel force]. The results are shown in Table 1.
〔残留接着率評価〕
 前記の〔T字ピール剥離力〕において、各剥離性フィルムの表面層側のT字ピール剥離力を測定した際に使用したポリエステル粘着テープ(前記測定の際に剥離した後のポリエステル粘着テープ)を、それぞれ、ステンレス鋼板(SUS板)上に2kgのローラーを2往復させることにより貼付した。次に、前記貼付して得られたステンレス鋼板を有する貼付品に対して、1000mm/分の速度でT字ピール剥離試験を行い、その際の剥離力(X)を計測した。
 一方、前記の〔T字ピール剥離力〕において、剥離性フィルムの表面層側のフィルム表面の代わりに、テフロン(登録商標)シート(中興化成工業株式会社製 スカイブドテープMSF-100 厚み100μm)の表面にポリエステル粘着テープを貼付したこと以外は、同様にして、T字ピール剥離試験を行い、さらに当該剥離試験によって剥離した後のポリエステル粘着テープを、ステンレス鋼板(SUS板)上に2kgのローラーを2往復させることにより貼付した。次に、前記貼付して得られたステンレス鋼板を有する貼付品に対して、1000mm/分の速度でT字ピール剥離試験を行い、その際の剥離力(Y)を計測した。
 次いで、下記式によって残留接着率を求めた。残留接着率が小さいほど、剥離性フィルムの表面層の成分が、ポリエステル粘着テープに移行しやすいと評価される。残留接着率が100%である場合、テフロン(登録商標)シートの表面の成分がポリエステル粘着テープに移行しない程度と同程度に、剥離性フィルムの表面層の成分もポリエステル粘着テープに移行していないことを意味し、第1の実施形態に係る剥離性フィルムとして最も好ましい。
結果を表1に示す。
  残留接着率(%)=(X)/(Y)×100
[Evaluation of residual adhesion rate]
In the above [T-peel peeling force], the polyester pressure-sensitive adhesive tape used when measuring the T-peel peeling force on the surface layer side of each peelable film (polyester pressure-sensitive adhesive tape after peeling in the measurement) is used. Each was stuck on a stainless steel plate (SUS board) by reciprocating a 2 kg roller twice. Next, with respect to the patch having the stainless steel plate obtained by sticking, the T-peel peeling test was performed at a speed of 1000 mm / min, and the peeling force (X) at that time was measured.
On the other hand, in the above [T-peel peeling force], instead of the film surface on the surface layer side of the peelable film, a Teflon (registered trademark) sheet (Skybed tape MSF-100 made by Chukoh Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. 100 μm thick) A T-peel peel test is conducted in the same manner, except that the polyester adhesive tape is attached to the surface, and the polyester adhesive tape after peeling according to the peel test is a 2 kg roller on a stainless steel plate (SUS plate). It stuck by making 2 reciprocations. Next, with respect to the patch having the stainless steel plate obtained by sticking, the T-peel peeling test was performed at a speed of 1000 mm / min, and the peeling force (Y) at that time was measured.
Subsequently, the residual adhesion rate was determined by the following equation. It is evaluated that the component of the surface layer of a peelable film is easy to transfer to a polyester adhesive tape, so that a residual adhesion rate is small. When the residual adhesion rate is 100%, the component of the surface layer of the peelable film is not transferred to the polyester adhesive tape to the same extent as the component of the surface of the Teflon (registered trademark) sheet is not transferred to the polyester adhesive tape. , Which is the most preferable as the peelable film according to the first embodiment.
The results are shown in Table 1.
Residual adhesion rate (%) = (X) / (Y) × 100
 第1の実施形態及び第2の実施形態に係る剥離性フィルムでは、残留接着率は、それぞれ、84%以上が好ましく、87%以上がより好ましく、90%以上がさらに好ましく、93%以上がよりさらに好ましく、97%以上が特に好ましい。残留接着率は100%であってよい。 In the peelable films according to the first embodiment and the second embodiment, the residual adhesion ratio is preferably 84% or more, more preferably 87% or more, still more preferably 90% or more, and 93% or more. More preferably, 97% or more is particularly preferable. The residual adhesion rate may be 100%.
<実施例1A>
 攪拌機、窒素導入管、温度計及び冷却管を備えた1リットルのフラスコに、単量体aとしてラウリルアクリレート(LA)99質量部、単量体bとして2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート(HEA)1質量部、重合開始剤としてアゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)0.2質量部、トルエン100質量部、酢酸エチル100質量部を添加した。次に、前記フラスコ内において、窒素気流下、80℃で2時間重合反応を行い、さらにアゾビスイソブチロニトリル1.0質量部を加えた上で2時間重合を行い、アルキルアクリレート-HEA共重合体(以下、「変性アクリル系樹脂(A)」という)含有溶液(固形分30質量%)を得た。得られた変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は10.5×104であった。
 また、樹脂(B)であるポリエステル樹脂αとしてバイロン(登録商標)M802(東洋紡績社製、数平均分子量(Mn):3×103、水酸基価:37mgKOH/g 固形分70質量%)、前述の一般式(V)で示されるメラミン架橋剤(D)(後述のタイプF)としてニカラック(登録商標)MW-30MLF(日本カーバイド工業株式会社製、平均1.3量体 98質量%)、酸触媒(E)としてドライヤー900(日立化成株式会社製 パラトルエンスルホン酸 50質量%)を、それぞれ用意した。
 次に、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)、及びメラミン架橋剤(D)を、トルエン:メチルエチルケトン(MEK)=30:70(質量比)の混合溶媒に混合し攪拌した後、さらに酸触媒(E)を混合し攪拌した。ここで、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、樹脂(B)、メラミン架橋剤(D)、及び酸触媒(E)について、それぞれ固形分換算で、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)56質量部、前記ポリエステル樹脂44質量部、前記メラミン架橋剤6質量部、前記酸触媒(E)0.7質量部となるように混合し攪拌した。これにより、固形分濃度4.4質量%、酸触媒濃度0.03質量%の塗工液1を得た。
 次に、基材層として、厚さ38μmの二軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(二軸延伸PETフィルム、東洋紡株式会社製「E5100」)を用意した。
 次いで、マイヤーバー(株式会社安田精機製作所製シャフト直径:6.35mmφ、ROD No.4)を用いて、当該基材層の上に前記塗工液1を塗工し、防爆型乾燥機中140℃で30秒間乾燥させた。これにより、基材層及び表面層(表面層の厚み:0.2μm)を有する実施例1Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 1A
99 parts by mass of lauryl acrylate (LA) as monomer a and 1 part by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) as monomer b in a 1 liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen introducing pipe, a thermometer and a cooling pipe Then, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), 100 parts by mass of toluene, and 100 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added as a polymerization initiator. Next, in the flask, a polymerization reaction is performed at 80 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen stream, and 1.0 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile is further added, followed by polymerization for 2 hours to obtain an alkyl acrylate-HEA copolymer. A polymer (hereinafter, referred to as "modified acrylic resin (A)")-containing solution (solid content: 30% by mass) was obtained. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained modified acrylic resin (A) was 10.5 × 10 4 .
Further, as a polyester resin α which is a resin (B), Byron (registered trademark) M802 (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight (Mn): 3 × 10 3 , hydroxyl value: 37 mg KOH / g solid content 70 mass%), Nikarak (registered trademark) MW-30 MLF (manufactured by Nippon Carbide Industries Co., Ltd., average 1.3-mer 98% by mass) as a melamine crosslinking agent (D) represented by the general formula (V) (type F described later), acid As a catalyst (E), a dryer 900 (50 mass% of para-toluenesulfonic acid manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) was prepared.
Next, a modified acrylic resin (A) -containing solution, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a melamine crosslinking agent (D), toluene: methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) = 30: 70 (mass ratio) The acid catalyst (E) was further mixed and stirred after being mixed with the mixed solvent of and stirred. Here, with respect to the modified acrylic resin (A) -containing solution, the resin (B), the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and the acid catalyst (E), 56 mass of the modified acrylic resin (A) in terms of solid content. It mixed and stirred so that it might become part, 44 mass parts of said polyester resins, 6 mass parts of said melamine crosslinking agents, and 0.7 mass parts of said acid catalysts (E). Thereby, the coating liquid 1 of solid content concentration 4.4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration 0.03 mass% was obtained.
Next, a 38 μm-thick biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film (biaxially stretched PET film, “E5100” manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was prepared as a base material layer.
Next, the coating solution 1 is coated on the base material layer using Meyer bar (Shaft diameter: 6.35 mm 製 by Yasuda Seiki Mfg. Co., Ltd., ROD No. 4), and in an explosion-proof drier 140 Dry at 30 ° C. for 30 seconds. Thereby, the peelable film of Example 1A which has a base material layer and a surface layer (thickness of surface layer: 0.2 micrometer) was obtained.
<実施例2A>
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、樹脂(B)、メラミン架橋剤(D)、及び酸触媒(E)について、それぞれ固形分換算で、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)56質量部、前記ポリエステル樹脂44質量部、前記メラミン架橋剤6質量部、前記酸触媒(E)1.1質量部となるように混合し攪拌して塗工液2(固形分濃度2.8質量%、酸触媒濃度0.03質量%)を得た。また、前記塗工液2については、乾燥後の厚さが0.1μmとなるように基材層の上に塗工した。その他の操作については、実施例1Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、実施例2Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 2A
About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 56 mass parts of said modified acrylic resin (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively 44 parts by mass of polyester resin, 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent, and 1.1 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to give a coating liquid 2 (solid content: 2.8% by mass, acid catalyst A concentration of 0.03% by mass was obtained. Moreover, about the said coating liquid 2, it coated on the base material layer so that the thickness after drying might be 0.1 micrometer. About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 2A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
<実施例3A>
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、樹脂(B)、メラミン架橋剤(D)、及び酸触媒(E)について、それぞれ固形分換算で、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)75質量部、前記ポリエステル樹脂25質量部、前記メラミン架橋剤6質量部、前記酸触媒(E)0.7質量部となるように混合し攪拌して塗工液3(固形分濃度4.4質量%、酸触媒濃度0.03質量%)を得た。その他の操作については、実施例1Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、実施例3Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 3A
About the said denatured acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), a melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 75 mass parts of said denatured acrylic resin (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively 25 parts by mass of polyester resin, 6 parts by mass of the melamine cross-linking agent, and 0.7 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to give a coating liquid 3 (solid content concentration 4.4 mass%, acid catalyst A concentration of 0.03% by mass was obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 3A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
<実施例4A>
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、樹脂(B)、メラミン架橋剤(D)、及び酸触媒(E)について、それぞれ固形分換算で、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)95質量部、前記ポリエステル樹脂5質量部、前記メラミン架橋剤6質量部、前記酸触媒(E)0.7質量部となるように混合し攪拌して塗工液4(固形分濃度4.4質量%、酸触媒濃度0.03質量%)を得た。その他の操作については、実施例1Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、実施例4Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 4A
About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), a melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 95 mass parts of said modified acrylic resins (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively 5 parts by mass of polyester resin, 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent, and 0.7 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to give a coating liquid 4 (solid content concentration 4.4% by mass, acid catalyst A concentration of 0.03% by mass was obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 4A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
<実施例5A>
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、樹脂(B)、メラミン架橋剤(D)、及び酸触媒(E)について、それぞれ固形分換算で、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)32質量部、前記ポリエステル樹脂68質量部、前記メラミン架橋剤6質量部、前記酸触媒(E)0.7質量部となるように混合し攪拌して塗工液5(固形分濃度4.4質量%、酸触媒濃度0.03質量%)を得た。その他の操作については、実施例1Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、実施例5Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 5A
About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 32 mass parts of said modified acrylic resin (A), respectively in conversion of solid content, 68 parts by mass of a polyester resin, 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent, and 0.7 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to give a coating liquid 5 (solid content concentration 4.4% by mass, acid catalyst A concentration of 0.03% by mass was obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 5A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
<実施例6A>
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量が8.1×104となるように、前記アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)の使用量、及び、重合反応を行う際の温度を変更した。その他の操作については、実施例1Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、実施例6Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 6A
The amount of the azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) used and the temperature at the time of the polymerization reaction were changed such that the weight average molecular weight of the modified acrylic resin (A) was 8.1 × 10 4 . About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 6A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
<実施例7A>
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量が5.8×104となるように、前記アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)の使用量、及び、重合反応を行う際の温度を変更した。その他の操作については、実施例1Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、実施例7Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 7A
The amount of the azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) used and the temperature at the time of the polymerization reaction were changed such that the weight average molecular weight of the modified acrylic resin (A) was 5.8 × 10 4 . About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 7A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
<実施例8A>
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量が13.0×104となるように、前記アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)の使用量、及び、重合反応を行う際の温度を変更した。その他の操作については、実施例1Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、実施例8Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 8A
The amount of the azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) used and the temperature at the time of the polymerization reaction were changed so that the weight average molecular weight of the modified acrylic resin (A) was 13.0 × 10 4 . About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 8A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
<実施例9A>
 攪拌機、窒素導入管、温度計及び冷却管を備えた1リットルのフラスコに、単量体aとしてラウリルアクリレート(LA)99.5質量部、単量体bとして2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート(HEA)0.5質量部、開始剤としてアゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)0.2質量部、トルエン100質量部、酢酸エチル100質量部を添加した。次に、前記フラスコ内において、窒素気流下、80℃で2時間重合反応を行い、さらにアゾビスイソブチロニトリル1.0質量部を加えた上で2時間重合を行い、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液(固形分30質量%)を得た。得られた変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は6.8×104であった。その他の操作については、実施例1Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、実施例9Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 9A
99.5 parts by mass of lauryl acrylate (LA) as monomer a, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) as monomer b in a 1-liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen introducing tube, a thermometer and a cooling tube .5 parts by mass, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) as an initiator, 100 parts by mass of toluene, and 100 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added. Next, in the flask, a polymerization reaction is carried out at 80 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen stream, and 1.0 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile is further added, followed by polymerization for 2 hours to obtain a modified acrylic resin ( A) A containing solution (solid content: 30% by mass) was obtained. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained modified acrylic resin (A) was 6.8 × 10 4 . About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 9A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
<実施例10A>
 攪拌機、窒素導入管、温度計及び冷却管を備えた1リットルのフラスコに、単量体aとしてラウリルアクリレート(LA)98.0質量部、単量体bとして2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート(HEA)2.0質量部、開始剤としてアゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)0.2質量部、トルエン100質量部、酢酸エチル100質量部を添加した。次に、前記フラスコ内において、窒素気流下、80℃で2時間重合反応を行い、さらにアゾビスイソブチロニトリル1.0質量部を加えた上で2時間重合を行い、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液(固形分30質量%)を得た。得られた変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は10.3×104であった。その他の操作については、実施例1Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、実施例10Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 10A
98.0 parts by mass of lauryl acrylate (LA) as monomer a and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) 2 as monomer b in a 1-liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen introducing pipe, a thermometer and a cooling pipe .0 parts by mass, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) as an initiator, 100 parts by mass of toluene, and 100 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added. Next, in the flask, a polymerization reaction is carried out at 80 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen stream, and 1.0 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile is further added, followed by polymerization for 2 hours to obtain a modified acrylic resin ( A) A containing solution (solid content: 30% by mass) was obtained. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained modified acrylic resin (A) was 10.3 × 10 4 . About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 10A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
<実施例11A>
 攪拌機、窒素導入管、温度計及び冷却管を備えた1リットルのフラスコに、単量体aとしてイソデシルアクリレート(IDAA)99.0質量部、単量体bとして2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート(HEA)1.0質量部、開始剤としてアゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)0.2質量部、トルエン100質量部、酢酸エチル100質量部を添加した。次に、前記フラスコ内において、窒素気流下、80℃で2時間重合反応を行い、さらにアゾビスイソブチロニトリル1.0質量部を加えた上で2時間重合を行い、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液(固形分30質量%)を得た。得られた変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は10.9×104であった。その他の操作については、実施例1Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、実施例11Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 11A
In a 1-liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen introducing pipe, a thermometer and a cooling pipe, 99.0 parts by mass of isodecyl acrylate (IDAA) as a monomer a, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) as a monomer b 1.0 parts by mass, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) as an initiator, 100 parts by mass of toluene, and 100 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added. Next, in the flask, a polymerization reaction is carried out at 80 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen stream, and 1.0 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile is further added, followed by polymerization for 2 hours to obtain a modified acrylic resin ( A) A containing solution (solid content: 30% by mass) was obtained. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained modified acrylic resin (A) was 10.9 × 10 4 . About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 11A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
<実施例12A>
 攪拌機、窒素導入管、温度計及び冷却管を備えた1リットルのフラスコに、単量体aとしてステアリルアクリレート(STA)99.0質量部、単量体bとして2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート(HEA)1.0質量部、開始剤としてアゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)0.2質量部、トルエン100質量部、酢酸エチル100質量部を添加した。次に、前記フラスコ内において、窒素気流下、80℃で2時間重合反応を行い、さらにアゾビスイソブチロニトリル1.0質量部を加えた上で2時間重合を行い、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液(固形分30質量%)を得た。得られた変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は7.3×104であった。その他の操作については、実施例1Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、実施例12Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 12A
In a 1-liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen introducing pipe, a thermometer and a cooling pipe, 99.0 parts by mass of stearyl acrylate (STA) as a monomer a, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) 1 as a monomer b .0 parts by mass, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) as an initiator, 100 parts by mass of toluene, and 100 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added. Next, in the flask, a polymerization reaction is carried out at 80 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen stream, and 1.0 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile is further added, followed by polymerization for 2 hours to obtain a modified acrylic resin ( A) A containing solution (solid content: 30% by mass) was obtained. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained modified acrylic resin (A) was 7.3 × 10 4 . About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 12A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
<実施例13A>
 樹脂(B)として、ポリエステル樹脂の代わりにアクリル樹脂(アクリディック(登録商標)WMG-521、DIC株式会社製、Tg=30℃、酸価:6.5mgKOH/g 固形分60質量%)を用いたこと以外は、実施例1Aと同様にして、実施例13Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 13A
As resin (B), acrylic resin (ACRIDIC (registered trademark) WMG-521, manufactured by DIC Corporation, Tg = 30 ° C., acid value: 6.5 mg KOH / g, solid content 60 mass%) is used instead of polyester resin The peelable film of Example 13A was obtained in the same manner as Example 1A except for the above.
<実施例14A>
 樹脂(B)であるポリエステル樹脂として、ポリエステル樹脂α(バイロン(登録商標)M802)の代わりに、ポリエステル樹脂β(バイロン(登録商標)20SS(東洋紡績社製、数平均分子量(Mn):17×103、水酸基価:6mgKOH/g 固形分30質量%))を用いたこと以外は、実施例1Aと同様にして、実施例14Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 14A
As polyester resin which is resin (B), instead of polyester resin α (Vyron (registered trademark) M802), polyester resin β (Vyron (registered trademark) 20 SS (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight (Mn): 17 × A peelable film of Example 14A was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1A except that 10 3 , hydroxyl value: 6 mg KOH / g, solid content: 30% by mass) was used.
<実施例15A>
 攪拌機、窒素導入管、温度計及び冷却管を備えた1リットルのフラスコに、単量体aとしてラウリルアクリレート(LA)99質量部、単量体bとして2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート(HEA)1質量部、開始剤としてアゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)0.2質量部、トルエン100質量部、酢酸エチル100質量部を添加した。次に、前記フラスコ内において、窒素気流下、80℃で2時間重合反応を行い、さらにアゾビスイソブチロニトリル1.0質量部を加えた上で2時間重合を行い、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液(固形分30質量%)を得た。得られた変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は10.5×104であった。
 また、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)としてポリエステル樹脂α(バイロン(登録商標)M802(東洋紡績社製、数平均分子量(Mn):3×103、水酸基価:37mgKOH/g 固形分70質量%))、メラミン架橋剤(D)として後述のタイプM(構成単位あたり3つ結合しているアミノ基の置換基Rの全てが、メトキシメチル基又はメチロール基のいずれかであり、且つ、前記置換基Rの1つ以上がメチロール基であるメラミン化合物)であるニカラック(登録商標)MS-11(日本カーバイド工業株式会社製、平均1.8量体 60質量%)、酸触媒(E)としてドライヤー900(日立化成株式会社製 pトルエンスルホン酸50質量%)を、それぞれ用意した。
 次に、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)、及びメラミン架橋剤(D)を、トルエン:メチルエチルケトン(MEK)=30:70(質量比)の混合溶媒に混合し攪拌した後、さらに酸触媒(E)を混合し攪拌した。ここで、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)、メラミン架橋剤(D)、及び酸触媒(E)について、それぞれ固形分換算で、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)56質量部、前記ポリエステル樹脂44質量部、前記メラミン架橋剤6質量部、前記酸触媒(E)1.2質量部となるように混合し攪拌した。これにより、固形分濃度2.8質量%、酸触媒濃度0.05質量%の塗工液6を得た。
 次に、基材層として、厚さ38μmの二軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(二軸延伸PETフィルム、東洋紡株式会社製「E5100」)を用意した。
 次いで、マイヤーバー(株式会社安田精機製作所製シャフト直径:6.35mmφ、ROD No.4)を用いて、当該基材層の上に前記塗工液6を塗工し、防爆型乾燥機中150℃で60秒間乾燥させた。これにより、基材層及び表面層(表面層の厚み:0.1μm)を有する実施例15Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 15A
99 parts by mass of lauryl acrylate (LA) as monomer a and 1 part by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) as monomer b in a 1 liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen introducing pipe, a thermometer and a cooling pipe Then, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), 100 parts by mass of toluene, and 100 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added as an initiator. Next, in the flask, a polymerization reaction is carried out at 80 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen stream, and 1.0 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile is further added, followed by polymerization for 2 hours to obtain a modified acrylic resin ( A) A containing solution (solid content: 30% by mass) was obtained. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained modified acrylic resin (A) was 10.5 × 10 4 .
Further, as resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), polyester resin α (VYLON (registered trademark) M802 (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight (Mn): 3 × 10 3 , hydroxyl value: 37 mg KOH /) g Solids 70% by mass)) Type M (described below as melamine crosslinker (D) (all of the substituents R of the amino group bound to three per constitutional unit are either methoxymethyl or methylol) Nicarak® MS-11 (a registered trademark of Nippon Carbide Industries Co., Ltd., average 1.8-mer 60 mass%) which is a melamine compound having one or more of the substituents R being a methylol group, and an acid As a catalyst (E), a dryer 900 (50 mass% of p-toluenesulfonic acid manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) was prepared.
Next, a modified acrylic resin (A) -containing solution, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a melamine crosslinking agent (D), toluene: methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) = 30: 70 (mass ratio) The acid catalyst (E) was further mixed and stirred after being mixed with the mixed solvent of and stirred. Here, each of the modified acrylic resin (A) -containing solution, the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and the acid catalyst (E) is respectively converted to solid content, 56 parts by mass of the modified acrylic resin (A), 44 parts by mass of the polyester resin, 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent, and 1.2 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) were mixed and stirred. Thereby, the coating liquid 6 with a solid content concentration of 2.8% by mass and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.05% by mass was obtained.
Next, a 38 μm-thick biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film (biaxially stretched PET film, “E5100” manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was prepared as a base material layer.
Next, the coating solution 6 is coated on the base material layer using Meyer bar (Shaft diameter: 6.35 mm 製 by Yasuda Seiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd., ROD No. 4), and in an explosion-proof drier 150 Dry at 60 ° C. for 60 seconds. Thereby, the peelable film of Example 15A which has a base material layer and a surface layer (thickness of surface layer: 0.1 micrometer) was obtained.
<比較例1A>
 メラミン架橋剤(D)として、後述のタイプIM(構成単位あたり3つ結合しているアミノ基の置換基Rの全てが、メトキシメチル基、メチロール基又は水素原子のいずれかであり、且つ、前記置換基Rの1つ以上がメチロール基であり、且つ、前記置換基Rの1つ以上が水素原子である、メラミン化合物)であるニカラック(登録商標)MX-750(日本カーバイド工業株式会社製、平均2.2量体 80質量%)を使用した。その他の操作については、実施例1Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、比較例1Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Comparative Example 1A
As the melamine cross-linking agent (D), all of the substituents R of the type IM described later (three bonded amino groups per constitutional unit are either a methoxymethyl group, a methylol group or a hydrogen atom, and Nikalac (registered trademark) MX-750 (manufactured by Nippon Carbide Industries Co., Ltd.), which is a melamine compound wherein one or more of the substituents R is a methylol group and one or more of the substituents R is a hydrogen atom An average of 2.2 monomers (80% by mass) was used. About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 1A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1A.
<比較例2A>
 メラミン架橋剤(D)として、後述のタイプIMであるニカラック(登録商標)MS-001(日本カーバイド工業株式会社製、平均5.7量体 60質量%)を使用した。その他の操作については、実施例1Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、比較例2Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Comparative Example 2A
As the melamine crosslinking agent (D), Nicalac (registered trademark) MS-001 (manufactured by Nippon Carbide Industries Co., Ltd., average: 5.7% by mass, 60% by mass) which is type IM described later was used. About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 2A was obtained by performing the same operation as in Example 1A.
<比較例3A>
 メラミン架橋剤(D)の代わりにニカラック(登録商標)MX-750を使用した。その他の操作については、実施例15Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、比較例4Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Comparative Example 3A
Nicalac® MX-750 was used instead of melamine crosslinker (D). About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 4A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 15A.
<比較例4A>
 メラミン架橋剤(D)の代わりにニカラック(登録商標)MS-001を使用した。その他の操作については、実施例15Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、比較例5Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Comparative Example 4A
Nicalac® MS-001 was used instead of the melamine crosslinker (D). About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 5A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 15A.
<比較例5A>
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)、メラミン架橋剤(D)、及び酸触媒(E)について、それぞれ固形分換算で、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)32質量部、前記ポリエステル樹脂68質量部、前記メラミン架橋剤6質量部、前記酸触媒(E)0.7質量部となるように混合し攪拌して塗工液7(固形分濃度4.4質量%、酸触媒濃度0.03質量%)を得た。その他の操作については、実施例15Aと同様の操作を行うことにより、比較例5Aの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Comparative Example 5A
The modified acrylic resin (A) -containing solution, the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and the acid catalyst (E), in terms of solid content, the modified acrylic resin 32 parts by mass of the resin (A), 68 parts by mass of the polyester resin, 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent, and 0.7 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) A partial concentration of 4.4% by mass and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.03% by mass were obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 5A was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 15A.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
 表1において、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の記号の意味は以下の通りである。
LA:ラウリルアクリレート
HEA:2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート
IDAA:イソデシルアクリレート
STA:ステアリルアクリレート
In Table 1, the meanings of the symbols of the modified acrylic resin (A) are as follows.
LA: lauryl acrylate HEA: 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate IDAA: isodecyl acrylate STA: stearyl acrylate
 なお、表1において、架橋剤Dとして用いたメラミン化合物について、アミノ基の置換タイプは、以下の通りである。なお、以下に記載の「アミノ基の置換基」とは、アミノ基のうちの水素原子が置換された基を意味し、上記式(IV)におけるRを指す。前記基Rはアミノ基のうちの窒素原子と直接結合する基である。
タイプF:構成単位あたり3つ結合しているアミノ基の置換基R(3つのアミノ基の合計で6つの置換基R)の全てがメトキシメチル基であるメラミン化合物(一般式(V)で表されるメラミン化合物)。
タイプM:構成単位あたり3つ結合しているアミノ基の置換基Rの全てが、メトキシメチル基又はメチロール基のいずれかであり、且つ、前記置換基Rの1つ以上がメチロール基であるメラミン化合物。
タイプIM:構成単位あたり3つ結合しているアミノ基の置換基Rの全てが、メトキシメチル基、メチロール基又は水素原子のいずれかであり、且つ、前記置換基Rの1つ以上がメチロール基であり、且つ、前記置換基Rの1つ以上が水素原子である、メラミン化合物。
In addition, about the melamine compound used as crosslinking agent D in Table 1, the substitution type of an amino group is as follows. In addition, the "substituent of an amino group" described below means the group by which the hydrogen atom of amino groups was substituted, and points out R in the said Formula (IV). The group R is a group directly bonded to the nitrogen atom of amino groups.
Type F : a melamine compound (general formula (V)) in which all of the substituents R of the amino group having three bonds per constitutional unit (the total of three substituents R in total of three amino groups) is a methoxymethyl group Melamine compounds represented).
Type M : all of the substituents R of the amino group bound to three per structural unit are either a methoxymethyl group or a methylol group, and at least one of the substituents R is a methylol group Melamine compound.
Type IM : all of the substituents R of the amino group having three bonds per constitutional unit are any of a methoxymethyl group, a methylol group or a hydrogen atom, and at least one of the substituents R is a methylol A melamine compound which is a group, and at least one of the substituents R is a hydrogen atom.
 実施例1A~15Aの剥離性フィルムは、上記の通り、加熱後と加熱前の剥離力の差が非常に少なく、残留接着率にも優れていることがわかった。さらには、実施例1A~15Aの剥離性フィルムは、(加熱前の)T字ピール剥離力が低く、且つ、加熱後のT字ピール剥離力が低い。そのため、実施例1A~15Aを包含する第1の実施形態に係るフィルムは、特に、電子部品若しくは電子基板の製造工程、又は繊維強化プラスチック等の熱硬化性樹脂部材の製造工程等に使用される剥離フィルム等として好適に使用できる。 As described above, it was found that the peelable films of Examples 1A to 15A had a very small difference in peel force after heating and before heating, and were also excellent in residual adhesion rate. Furthermore, the peelable films of Examples 1A to 15A have low T-peel peeling force (before heating) and low T-peel peeling force after heating. Therefore, the film according to the first embodiment including Examples 1A to 15A is used particularly in the process of manufacturing an electronic component or an electronic substrate, or in the process of manufacturing a thermosetting resin member such as fiber reinforced plastic. It can be suitably used as a release film or the like.
<実施例1B>
 攪拌機、窒素導入管、温度計及び冷却管を備えた1リットルのフラスコに、単量体aとしてラウリルアクリレート(LA)99質量部、単量体bとして2-ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート(HEA)1質量部、重合開始剤としてアゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)0.2質量部、トルエン100質量部、酢酸エチル100質量部を添加した。次に、前記フラスコ内において、窒素気流下、80℃で2時間重合反応を行い、さらにアゾビスイソブチロニトリル0.2質量部を加えた上で2時間重合を行い、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液(固形分30質量%)を得た。得られた変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は10.5×104であった。
 また、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)としてポリエステル樹脂α(バイロン(登録商標)M802(東洋紡績社製、数平均分子量(Mn):3×103、水酸基価:37mgKOH/g 固形分70質量%、 Tg=60℃)、メラミン架橋剤(D)として構成単位あたり3つ結合しているアミノ基の置換基R(即ち6つのアミノ基の置換基R)の全てが、メトキシメチル基又はメチロール基のいずれかであり、且つ、前記置換基Rの1つ以上がメチロール基であるメラミン化合物であるニカラック(登録商標)MS-11(日本カーバイド工業株式会社製、平均1.8量体 60質量%)、酸触媒(E)としてドライヤー900(日立化成株式会社製 pトルエンスルホン酸50質量%)を、それぞれ用意した。
 次に、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)、及びメラミン架橋剤(D)を、トルエン:メチルエチルケトン(MEK)=30:70(質量比)の混合溶媒に混合し攪拌した後、さらに酸触媒(E)を混合し攪拌した。ここで、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)、メラミン架橋剤(D)、及び酸触媒(E)について、それぞれ固形分換算で、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)56質量部、前記ポリエステル樹脂44質量部、前記メラミン架橋剤6質量部、前記酸触媒(E)1.2質量部となるように混合し攪拌した。これにより、固形分濃度4.4質量%、酸触媒濃度0.05質量%の塗工液1を得た。
 次に、基材層として、厚さ38μmの二軸延伸ポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(二軸延伸PETフィルム、東洋紡株式会社製「E5100」)を用意した。
 次いで、マイヤーバー(株式会社安田精機製作所製シャフト直径:6.35mmφ、ROD No.4)を用いて、当該基材層の上に前記塗工液1を塗工し、防爆型乾燥機中150℃で60秒間乾燥させた。これにより、基材層及び表面層(表面層の厚み:0.2μm)を有する実施例1Bの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 1B
99 parts by mass of lauryl acrylate (LA) as monomer a and 1 part by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (HEA) as monomer b in a 1 liter flask equipped with a stirrer, a nitrogen introducing pipe, a thermometer and a cooling pipe Then, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN), 100 parts by mass of toluene, and 100 parts by mass of ethyl acetate were added as a polymerization initiator. Next, in the flask, a polymerization reaction is performed at 80 ° C. for 2 hours in a nitrogen stream, 0.2 parts by mass of azobisisobutyronitrile is further added, and then polymerization is performed for 2 hours to obtain a modified acrylic resin ( A) A containing solution (solid content: 30% by mass) was obtained. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained modified acrylic resin (A) was 10.5 × 10 4 .
Further, as resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), polyester resin α (VYLON (registered trademark) M802 (manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd., number average molecular weight (Mn): 3 × 10 3 , hydroxyl value: 37 mg KOH /) g 70% solids by weight, Tg = 60 ° C.), all of the substituents R of the amino group bound three per constitutional unit as the melamine crosslinker (D) (ie the substituents R of the six amino groups), Nikalac (registered trademark) MS-11 (made by Nippon Carbide Industries Co., Ltd., an average of 1.) which is a melamine compound which is a methoxymethyl group or a methylol group, and at least one of the substituents R is a methylol group. An octamer (60% by mass) and a dryer 900 (50% by mass of p-toluenesulfonic acid manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) were prepared as an acid catalyst (E).
Next, a modified acrylic resin (A) -containing solution, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a melamine crosslinking agent (D), toluene: methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) = 30: 70 (mass ratio) The acid catalyst (E) was further mixed and stirred after being mixed with the mixed solvent of and stirred. Here, each of the modified acrylic resin (A) -containing solution, the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and the acid catalyst (E) is respectively converted to solid content, 56 parts by mass of the modified acrylic resin (A), 44 parts by mass of the polyester resin, 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent, and 1.2 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) were mixed and stirred. Thereby, the coating liquid 1 of solid content concentration 4.4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration 0.05 mass% was obtained.
Next, a 38 μm-thick biaxially stretched polyethylene terephthalate film (biaxially stretched PET film, “E5100” manufactured by Toyobo Co., Ltd.) was prepared as a base material layer.
Next, the coating solution 1 is coated on the base material layer using Meyer bar (Shaft diameter: 6.35 mm 製 by Yasuda Seiki Seisakusho Co., Ltd., ROD No. 4), and in an explosion-proof drier 150 Dry at 60 ° C. for 60 seconds. Thereby, the peelable film of Example 1 B which has a base material layer and a surface layer (thickness of surface layer: 0.2 micrometer) was obtained.
<実施例2B>
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、樹脂(B)、メラミン架橋剤(D)、及び酸触媒(E)について、それぞれ固形分換算で、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)75質量部、前記ポリエステル樹脂(B)25質量部、前記メラミン架橋剤(D)6質量部、前記酸触媒(E)1.1質量部となるように混合し攪拌して塗工液2(固形分濃度4.4質量%、酸触媒濃度0.05質量%)を得た。その他の操作については、実施例1Bと同様の操作を行うことにより、実施例2Bの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 2B
About the said denatured acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), a melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 75 mass parts of said denatured acrylic resin (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively 25 parts by mass of the polyester resin (B), 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and 1.1 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to obtain a coating liquid 2 (solids concentration 4. 4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.05 mass% were obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 2B was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1B.
<実施例3B>
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、樹脂(B)、メラミン架橋剤(D)、及び酸触媒(E)について、それぞれ固形分換算で、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)95質量部、前記ポリエステル樹脂(B)5質量部、前記メラミン架橋剤(D)6質量部、前記酸触媒(E)1.2質量部となるように混合し攪拌して塗工液3(固形分濃度4.4質量%、酸触媒濃度0.05質量%)を得た。その他の操作については、実施例1Bと同様の操作を行うことにより、実施例3Bの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 3B
About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), a melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 95 mass parts of said modified acrylic resins (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively It mixes so that it may become 5 mass parts of polyester resin (B), 6 mass parts of said melamine crosslinking agents (D), and 1.2 mass parts of said acid catalysts (E), it stirs, and coating liquid 3 (solid content concentration 4. 4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.05 mass% were obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Example 3B was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1B.
<実施例4B>
 樹脂(B)としてポリエステル樹脂(バイロン(登録商標)M802)に代えて、アクリル樹脂(アクリディック(登録商標)WMG-521、DIC株式会社製、Tg=30℃、酸価:6.5mgKOH/g 固形分60質量%)を用いたこと以外は、実施例1Bと同様にして、実施例4Bの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Example 4B
Acrylic resin (Acridic (registered trademark) WMG-521, manufactured by DIC Corporation, Tg = 30 ° C., acid value: 6.5 mg KOH / g, instead of polyester resin (Vyron (registered trademark) M802) as resin (B) A peelable film of Example 4B was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1B, except that a solid content of 60% by mass was used.
<比較例1B>
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、樹脂(B)、メラミン架橋剤(D)、及び酸触媒(E)について、それぞれ固形分換算で、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)32質量部、前記ポリエステル樹脂(B)68質量部、前記メラミン架橋剤(D)6質量部、前記酸触媒(E)1.2質量部となるように混合し攪拌して塗工液4(固形分濃度4.4質量%、酸触媒濃度0.05質量%)を得た。その他の操作については、実施例1Bと同様の操作を行うことにより、比較例1Bの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Comparative Example 1B
About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 32 mass parts of said modified acrylic resin (A), respectively in conversion of solid content, It mixes so that it may become 68 mass parts of polyester resin (B), 6 mass parts of the said melamine crosslinking agents (D), and 1.2 mass parts of the said acid catalysts (E), it stirs, and coating liquid 4 (solid content concentration 4. 4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.05 mass% were obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 1B was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1B.
<比較例2B>
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、樹脂(B)、メラミン架橋剤(D)、及び酸触媒(E)について、それぞれ固形分換算で、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)10質量部、前記ポリエステル樹脂(B)90質量部、前記メラミン架橋剤(D)6質量部、前記酸触媒(E)1.2質量部となるように混合し攪拌して塗工液5(固形分濃度4.4質量%、酸触媒濃度0.05質量%)を得た。その他の操作については、実施例1Bと同様の操作を行うことにより、比較例2Bの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Comparative Example 2B
About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 10 mass parts of said modified acrylic resin (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively 90 parts by mass of the polyester resin (B), 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and 1.2 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to give a coating solution 5 (solids concentration 4. 4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.05 mass% were obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 2B was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1B.
<比較例3B>
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、樹脂(B)、メラミン架橋剤(D)、及び酸触媒(E)について、それぞれ固形分換算で、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)0質量部、前記ポリエステル樹脂(B)100質量部、前記メラミン架橋剤(D)6質量部、前記酸触媒(E)1.2質量部となるように混合し攪拌して塗工液6(固形分濃度4.4質量%、酸触媒濃度0.05質量%)を得た。その他の操作については、実施例1Bと同様の操作を行うことにより、比較例3Bの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Comparative Example 3B
About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 0 mass parts of said modified acrylic resin (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively 100 parts by mass of the polyester resin (B), 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and 1.2 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to give a coating solution 6 (solids concentration 4. 4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.05 mass% were obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 3B was obtained by performing the same operation as Example 1B.
<比較例4B>
 前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)含有溶液、樹脂(B)、メラミン架橋剤(D)、及び酸触媒(E)について、それぞれ固形分換算で、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)46質量部、前記ポリエステル樹脂(B)54質量部、前記メラミン架橋剤(D)6質量部、前記酸触媒(E)1.2質量部となるように混合し攪拌して塗工液7(固形分濃度4.4質量%、酸触媒濃度0.05質量%)を得た。その他の操作については、実施例1Bと同様の操作を行うことにより、比較例4Bの剥離性フィルムを得た。
Comparative Example 4B
About the said modified acrylic resin (A) containing solution, resin (B), melamine crosslinking agent (D), and an acid catalyst (E), 46 mass parts of said modified acrylic resin (A) in conversion of solid content, respectively 54 parts by mass of the polyester resin (B), 6 parts by mass of the melamine crosslinking agent (D), and 1.2 parts by mass of the acid catalyst (E) are mixed and stirred to obtain a coating solution 7 (solids concentration 4. 4 mass% and an acid catalyst concentration of 0.05 mass% were obtained. About the other operation, the peelable film of Comparative Example 4B was obtained by performing the same operation as in Example 1B.
 実施例1B~4B並びに比較例1B~4Bで得たフィルムの、
(i) MC5/MC40(ここで、MC5は表面層中の最表面から基材層に向けて垂直に深さ5nmの位置に存在する全元素含有量に対する炭素の含有量の比率を示す。MC5は単に深さ5nmの炭素元素比ともいう。また、MC40は表面層中の最表面から基材層に向けて垂直に深さ40nmの位置に存在する全元素含有量に対する炭素の含有量の比率を示す。MC40は単に深さ40nmの炭素元素比ともいう。)
(ii) MA/MB(ここで、MAは、表面層中に含まれる、上記構造式(I)で表される構成単位を含む変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の質量部であり、MBは表面層中に含まれるポリエステル樹脂(B)の質量部である。上記MA及びMBはいずれも固形分換算である。)
(iii) T字ピール剥離力
(iv) 耐熱性評価(加熱後T字ピール剥離力)
(v) 剥離力差(加熱後T字ピール剥離力-加熱前T字ピール剥離力)
(vi) 残留接着率
の結果を表2に示す。なお、上記(v)剥離力差は、上記(iv)と上記(iii)との差で算出される。
Films of Examples 1B to 4B and Comparative Examples 1B to 4B
(I) M C5 / M C40 (where M C5 is the ratio of the content of carbon to the total element content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer to the substrate layer) M C5 is also simply referred to as the carbon element ratio at a depth of 5 nm, and M C40 is the carbon relative to the total element content present at a depth of 40 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer to the base layer. The ratio of the content of C 40 is simply referred to as the carbon element ratio at a depth of 40 nm.
(Ii) M A / M B (wherein M A is a part by mass of the modified acrylic resin (A) containing the constitutional unit represented by the above structural formula (I), which is contained in the surface layer, M B is a part by mass of the polyester resin (B) contained in the surface layer, and the above M A and M B are both in terms of solid content.)
(Iii) T-peel peeling force (iv) Heat resistance evaluation (T-peel peeling force after heating)
(V) Peeling force difference (T-peel peeling force after heating-T-peel peeling force before heating)
(Vi) The residual adhesion results are shown in Table 2. In addition, said (v) peeling-force difference is calculated by the difference of said (iv) and said (iii).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000017
 実施例1B~4Bの剥離性フィルムは、上記の通り、(加熱前の)T字ピール剥離力が低く、且つ、加熱後のT字ピール剥離力が低い。さらには、実施例1B~4Bの剥離性フィルムは、加熱後と加熱前の剥離力の差が非常に少なく、残留接着率にも優れていることがわかった。そのため、実施例1B~4Bを包含する第2の実施形態に係るフィルムは、特に、電子部品若しくは電子基板の製造工程、又は繊維強化プラスチック等の熱硬化性樹脂部材の製造工程等に使用される剥離フィルム等として好適に使用できる。 As described above, the peelable films of Examples 1B to 4B have low T-peel peeling force (before heating) and low T-peel peeling force after heating. Furthermore, it was found that the peelable films of Examples 1B to 4B had a very small difference in peel force after heating and before heating, and were also excellent in residual adhesion rate. Therefore, the film according to the second embodiment including the examples 1B to 4B is used particularly in the process of manufacturing an electronic component or an electronic substrate, or in the process of manufacturing a thermosetting resin member such as fiber reinforced plastic. It can be suitably used as a release film or the like.

Claims (14)

  1.  基材層上に表面層を有する剥離性フィルムであって、
     前記表面層を形成する主成分が樹脂成分であり、
     前記樹脂成分は、アルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)と、架橋剤(D)とを含み、
     前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、少なくとも、下記一般式(I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (前記一般式(I)において、R1は、メチル基又は水素原子を示し、R2は、炭素数10~18のアルキル基を示す。)
    で表される構成単位を含んでおり、
     前記架橋剤(D)は、アミノ基の水素原子が全てアルコキシアルキル基及びアルカノール基の少なくとも一方で置換された構造を有しているメラミン化合物である、剥離性フィルム。
    A peelable film having a surface layer on a substrate layer,
    The main component forming the surface layer is a resin component,
    The resin component includes a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D).
    The modified acrylic resin (A) has at least the following general formula (I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In the above general formula (I), R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms.)
    Contains the constitutional unit represented by
    The crosslinkable agent (D) is a releasable film, wherein the crosslinker (D) is a melamine compound having a structure in which all hydrogen atoms of amino groups are substituted with at least one of an alkoxyalkyl group and an alkanol group.
  2.  前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、下記一般式(II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    [前記一般式(II)において、Raは、メチル基又は水素原子を示し、Rbは、-CH2CH2OH、-CH2-CHOH-CH3、-CH2CH2CH2OH、-CH2-CHOH-CH2CH3、-CH2CH2-CHOH-CH3、又は-CH2CH2CH2CH2OHを示す。]
    で表される構成単位を含んでいる、請求項1に記載の剥離性フィルム。
    The modified acrylic resin (A) has the following general formula (II):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    [In the above general formula (II), R a represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, R b represents -CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 -CHOH-CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH, -CH 2 -CHOH-CH 2 CH 3 , -CH 2 CH 2 -CHOH-CH 3 , or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH is shown. ]
    The peelable film of Claim 1 containing the structural unit represented by these.
  3.  変性アクリル系樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量が、5×104~15×104である、請求項1又は2に記載の剥離性フィルム。 The peelable film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the weight average molecular weight of the modified acrylic resin (A) is 5 × 10 4 to 15 × 10 4 .
  4.  前記表面層中の前記樹脂(B)の含有量は、前記表面層を構成する前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と前記樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として、2質量部以上である、請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の剥離性フィルム。 The content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is 2 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer. The peelable film according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  5.  前記表面層中の前記樹脂(B)の含有量は、前記表面層を構成する前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と前記樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として、50質量部未満である、請求項1~4のいずれかに記載の剥離性フィルム。 The content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is less than 50 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer. The peelable film according to any one of claims 1 to 4.
  6.  前記アルコキシアルキル基は、炭素数が2~5であり、前記アルカノール基は、炭素数が1~3である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の剥離性フィルム。 The releasable film according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the alkoxyalkyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, and the alkanol group has 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  7.  前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)は、ポリエステル樹脂及びアクリル樹脂からなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種である、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の剥離性フィルム。 The releasability according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A) is at least one selected from the group consisting of a polyester resin and an acrylic resin. the film.
  8.  基材層上に表面層を有する剥離性フィルムの製造方法であって、
     前記基材層上に、前記表面層を形成する工程を備えており、
     前記表面層を形成する主成分が樹脂成分であり、
     前記樹脂成分は、アルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)と、架橋剤(D)とを含み、
     前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、少なくとも、下記一般式(I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (前記一般式(I)において、R1は、メチル基又は水素原子を示し、R2は、炭素数10~18のアルキル基を示す。)
    で表される構成単位を含んでおり、
     前記架橋剤(D)は、アミノ基の水素原子が全てアルコキシアルキル基及びアルカノール基の少なくとも一方で置換された構造を有しているメラミン化合物である、剥離フィルムの製造方法。
    A method for producing a peelable film having a surface layer on a substrate layer,
    Forming the surface layer on the base layer,
    The main component forming the surface layer is a resin component,
    The resin component includes a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D).
    The modified acrylic resin (A) has at least the following general formula (I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In the above general formula (I), R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms.)
    Contains the constitutional unit represented by
    The method for producing a release film, wherein the crosslinking agent (D) is a melamine compound having a structure in which all hydrogen atoms of amino groups are substituted with at least one of alkoxyalkyl groups and alkanol groups.
  9.  基材層上に表面層を有する剥離性フィルムであって、
     前記表面層中の最表面から基材層に向けて垂直に深さ5nmの位置に存在する全元素含有量に対する炭素の含有量比MC5(atomic%)が98以上である、剥離性フィルム。
    A peelable film having a surface layer on a substrate layer,
    A peelable film having a carbon content ratio MC5 (atomic%) to a total elemental content present at a depth of 5 nm vertically from the outermost surface in the surface layer toward the base material layer.
  10.  前記表面層を形成する主成分が樹脂成分であり、
     前記樹脂成分は、アルキル成分及び架橋性官能基を有する変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と、前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)と、架橋剤(D)とを含み、
     前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)は、少なくとも、下記一般式(I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (前記一般式(I)において、R1は、メチル基又は水素原子を示し、R2は、炭素数10~18のアルキル基を示す。)
    で表される構成単位を含む、請求項9に記載の剥離性フィルム。
    The main component forming the surface layer is a resin component,
    The resin component includes a modified acrylic resin (A) having an alkyl component and a crosslinkable functional group, a resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A), and a crosslinking agent (D).
    The modified acrylic resin (A) has at least the following general formula (I):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In the above general formula (I), R 1 represents a methyl group or a hydrogen atom, and R 2 represents an alkyl group having 10 to 18 carbon atoms.)
    The peelable film of Claim 9 containing the structural unit represented by these.
  11.  前記表面層中の前記樹脂(B)の含有量は、前記表面層を構成する前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と前記樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として、2質量部以上である、請求項10に記載の剥離性フィルム。 The content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is 2 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer. The peelable film according to claim 10.
  12.  前記表面層中の前記樹脂(B)の含有量は、前記表面層を構成する前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)と前記樹脂(B)の合計を100質量部として、50質量未満である、請求項10又は11に記載の剥離性フィルム。 The content of the resin (B) in the surface layer is less than 50 mass based on 100 parts by mass of the total of the modified acrylic resin (A) and the resin (B) constituting the surface layer. Item 12. The peelable film according to Item 10 or 11.
  13.  前記MC5と、前記表面層中の最表面から基材層に向けて垂直に深さ40nmの位置に存在する全元素含有量に対する炭素の含有量比MC40(atomic%)との比率MC5/MC40が、1.01≦MC5/MC40≦1.10である、請求項9~12のいずれかに記載の剥離性フィルム。 And the M C5, the ratio M C5 between the content ratio of carbon M C40 (atomic%) with respect to the total element content at the position of the vertical depth 40nm towards the base layer from the outermost surface of the surface layer The releasable film according to any one of claims 9 to 12, wherein / M C40 is 1.01 C M C5 / M C40 10 1.10.
  14.  前記変性アクリル系樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂(B)は、ポリエステル樹脂及びアクリル樹脂からなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種である、請求項9~13のいずれか1項に記載の剥離性フィルム。 The releasability according to any one of claims 9 to 13, wherein the resin (B) different from the modified acrylic resin (A) is at least one selected from the group consisting of polyester resins and acrylic resins. the film.
PCT/JP2018/024187 2017-06-27 2018-06-26 Releasable film WO2019004209A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-124766 2017-06-27
JP2017124766 2017-06-27
JP2018105562A JP7259214B2 (en) 2018-05-31 2018-05-31 peelable film
JP2018-105562 2018-05-31
JP2018-108149 2018-06-05
JP2018108149 2018-06-05
JP2018-120900 2018-06-26
JP2018120900A JP7192265B2 (en) 2017-06-27 2018-06-26 peelable film

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019004209A1 true WO2019004209A1 (en) 2019-01-03

Family

ID=64741694

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2018/024187 WO2019004209A1 (en) 2017-06-27 2018-06-26 Releasable film

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019004209A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102214896B1 (en) * 2019-10-08 2021-02-15 주식회사 라온티알엠 Adhesive composition for re-releasable window film and re-releasable window film for construction comprising the same
WO2021192896A1 (en) * 2020-03-27 2021-09-30 東洋紡株式会社 Release film and method for producing same

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012020673A1 (en) * 2010-08-11 2012-02-16 リンテック株式会社 Peeling agent composition, peeling sheet, and adhesive body
JP2016190327A (en) * 2015-03-30 2016-11-10 リンテック株式会社 Release sheet and adhesive sheet
JP2017078161A (en) * 2015-10-20 2017-04-27 荒川化学工業株式会社 Thermosetting release coating agent, release film and release polyethylene terephthalate film
WO2017078026A1 (en) * 2015-11-06 2017-05-11 リンテック株式会社 Release agent composition, release sheet, and adhesive body
WO2017098956A1 (en) * 2015-12-10 2017-06-15 リンテック株式会社 Release film for ceramic green sheet production process
JP2018115224A (en) * 2017-01-16 2018-07-26 荒川化学工業株式会社 Thermal curing release coating agent, release film and manufacturing method therefor

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2012020673A1 (en) * 2010-08-11 2012-02-16 リンテック株式会社 Peeling agent composition, peeling sheet, and adhesive body
JP2016190327A (en) * 2015-03-30 2016-11-10 リンテック株式会社 Release sheet and adhesive sheet
JP2017078161A (en) * 2015-10-20 2017-04-27 荒川化学工業株式会社 Thermosetting release coating agent, release film and release polyethylene terephthalate film
WO2017078026A1 (en) * 2015-11-06 2017-05-11 リンテック株式会社 Release agent composition, release sheet, and adhesive body
WO2017098956A1 (en) * 2015-12-10 2017-06-15 リンテック株式会社 Release film for ceramic green sheet production process
JP2018115224A (en) * 2017-01-16 2018-07-26 荒川化学工業株式会社 Thermal curing release coating agent, release film and manufacturing method therefor

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102214896B1 (en) * 2019-10-08 2021-02-15 주식회사 라온티알엠 Adhesive composition for re-releasable window film and re-releasable window film for construction comprising the same
WO2021192896A1 (en) * 2020-03-27 2021-09-30 東洋紡株式会社 Release film and method for producing same

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5432920B2 (en) Roll-up polyester film having scratch-resistant crosslinked coating on at least one surface, and method for producing the polyester film
JP2023093486A (en) Releasable film
JP2020175668A (en) Release film for producing ceramic green sheet
JP7371739B2 (en) peelable film
TW201940332A (en) Stripping film for ceramic green sheet manufacturing process has excellent slurry coating property
JP2013141793A (en) Release polyester film for molding
JP2015203097A (en) Surface protective film for electroconductive film, and transparent electroconductive base material film laminate
CN111989618A (en) Polyester film for dry film resist
JP2021079699A (en) Release film for manufacturing ceramic green sheet
WO2019004209A1 (en) Releasable film
JP6164791B2 (en) Polyester film for double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheets
KR20210120121A (en) Laminated film and method for producing same
JP7192265B2 (en) peelable film
JP2011189589A (en) Mold release film for substrate-less double-sided pressure-sensitive adhesive sheet
JP2005187566A (en) Polyester film for molding and molded member obtained from the same
JP2006051681A (en) Mold release film
JP2015202681A (en) Surface protective film for electroconductive film, and transparent electroconductive base material film laminate
JP2022190601A (en) peelable film
JP6973054B2 (en) Release film for manufacturing ceramic green sheets
JP2015083335A (en) Laminate
JP2019166656A (en) Release film for ceramic green sheet production
JP7188536B2 (en) Release film for manufacturing ceramic green sheets
JP7188537B2 (en) Release film for manufacturing ceramic green sheets
JP7188535B2 (en) Release film for manufacturing ceramic green sheets
JP2022130935A (en) laminated polyester film

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18822664

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18822664

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1